You are on page 1of 310

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R V900R008C15

BSC Hardware Description
Issue Date 01 2010-01-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com

Website: Email:

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

About This Document

About This Document
Purpose
This document describes the hardware components of the BSC. It provides the users with a detailed and comprehensive reference to the Huawei BSC.

Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document. Product Name BSC Product Model BSC6000 Product Version V900R008C15

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l l

BSC installers BSC site maintenance personnel

Organization
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description. 2 BSC Physical Structure This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers, and alarm box. 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and A over IP. 4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

Organization

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with IEC60297 and IEEE standards. 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GBAM. 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GOMU. 7 GBSR Cabinet The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured, depending on traffic volume. 8 BSC Subracks This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack (GTCS). 9 BSC Boards This describes the boards in the BSC. 10 BSC Cables This describes the cables of the BSC. 11 LEDs on BSC Parts This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels. 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.

Conventions
Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not avoided,will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or unexpected results.
iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected. Command arguments are in italics. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars... }* Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Book titles are in italics. and users are in boldface. One item is selected. Several items or no item can be selected. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. directories. } [ x | y | .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Organization Symbol Description Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.. v . Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. ]* GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.. General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. [ x | y | . Ltd. Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. For example. Names of files.. One item is selected or no item is selected. log in as user root. Convention Boldface Italic [] { x | y | . Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars... ] { x | y | .. folders.

Organization

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Convention Boldface >

Description Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Format Key Key 1+Key 2 Key 1, Key 2 Description Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab. Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Action Click Double-click Drag Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer. Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.

vi

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Contents

Contents
About This Document...................................................................................................................iii 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description................................................................................1-1 2 BSC Physical Structure..............................................................................................................2-1 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes....................................................................................3-1 4 BSC Cabinet................................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet......................................................................................................................4-2 4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A).......................................................................................5-3 5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box..........................................................................................................5-6 5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................................5-7 5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box..............................................5-8 5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box.....................................................................5-8 5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...............................................5-9 5.3 Air Defence Subrack.....................................................................................................................................5-10 5.4 KVM..............................................................................................................................................................5-11 5.5 LAN Switch...................................................................................................................................................5-12 5.6 Cabling Frame...............................................................................................................................................5-14 5.7 GBAM...........................................................................................................................................................5-15 5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM.......................................................................................................................5-15 5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)..........................................................................................5-15 5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210).....................................................................................................5-19 5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)............................................................................................5-21 5.8 Rear Cable Trough........................................................................................................................................5-25 5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A).....................................................................................5-25 5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)..............................................5-25 5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)...................5-26 5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A).................................................5-30 5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................5-36

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)........................................................................................6-2 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box.................................................................................................................6-5 6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................................6-6 6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-6 6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box...........................................................................6-7 6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-8 6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B).............................................................................6-9 6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B).................................................6-9 6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)...................6-11 6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................6-15 6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................................6-19

7 GBSR Cabinet.............................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Components of the GBSR...............................................................................................................................7-2 7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR.....................................................................................................................7-5 7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR..................................................................................7-6 7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR............................................................7-7 7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR.........................................................................................7-12 7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-15

8 BSC Subracks..............................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack....................................................................................................................8-2 8.2 BSC Fan Box...................................................................................................................................................8-4 8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU).............................................................................................................8-5 8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB).............................................................................................................8-7 8.3 BSC Slots........................................................................................................................................................8-9 8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................................8-10 8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack................................................................................................................8-12 8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)..........................................................................8-12 8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)..........................................................................8-16 8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS..................................................................................................................8-19 8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS..................................................................................................................8-23 8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................8-24

9 BSC Boards..................................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 GEIUA............................................................................................................................................................9-6 9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA........................................................................................................................9-6 9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.......................................................................................9-6 9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel...................................................................9-7 9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel...................................................................9-8 9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)...............................................................9-9 9.2 GEIUB...........................................................................................................................................................9-11 9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB.......................................................................................................................9-12 9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-12 9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-13 viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Contents

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-14 9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-15 9.3 GEIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-17 9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP.......................................................................................................................9-18 9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-18 9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-19 9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-20 9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-21 9.4 GEIUT...........................................................................................................................................................9-23 9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT.......................................................................................................................9-24 9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-24 9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-25 9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-26 9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-27 9.5 GGCU............................................................................................................................................................9-29 9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU........................................................................................................................9-29 9.5.2 GGCU Panel.........................................................................................................................................9-30 9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-30 9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel.....................................................................................................................9-31 9.6 GOIUA..........................................................................................................................................................9-32 9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA......................................................................................................................9-32 9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-32 9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-33 9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-34 9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-35 9.7 GOIUB..........................................................................................................................................................9-35 9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB......................................................................................................................9-36 9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-36 9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-37 9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-38 9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-39 9.8 GOIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-39 9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP.......................................................................................................................9-40 9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-40 9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-41 9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-42 9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-43 9.9 GOIUT..........................................................................................................................................................9-43 9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT......................................................................................................................9-44 9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-44 9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-45 9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-46 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-47

9.10 GOMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-47 9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU.....................................................................................................................9-48 9.10.2 GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................................9-48 9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel.................................................................................................................9-49 9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel..................................................................................................................9-50 9.11 GSCU..........................................................................................................................................................9-50 9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU......................................................................................................................9-51 9.11.2 GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-51 9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel..................................................................................................................9-52 9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-53 9.12 GTNU..........................................................................................................................................................9-53 9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU......................................................................................................................9-53 9.12.2 GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-54 9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel..................................................................................................................9-54 9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel...................................................................................................................9-55 9.13 GXPUM......................................................................................................................................................9-55 9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM..................................................................................................................9-56 9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-56 9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-57 9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-58 9.14 GXPUT........................................................................................................................................................9-58 9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT....................................................................................................................9-59 9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-59 9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-60 9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-60 9.15 GXPUI.........................................................................................................................................................9-61 9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI.....................................................................................................................9-61 9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-61 9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-62 9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-63 9.16 GFGUA.......................................................................................................................................................9-63 9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA...................................................................................................................9-64 9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-64 9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-65 9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-66 9.17 GFGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-67 9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB...................................................................................................................9-67 9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-68 9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-68 9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-69 9.18 GFGUG.......................................................................................................................................................9-70 x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Contents

9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG...................................................................................................................9-71 9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-71 9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-72 9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-73 9.19 GOGUA......................................................................................................................................................9-73 9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA..................................................................................................................9-74 9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-74 9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-75 9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-76 9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-76 9.20 GOGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-77 9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB...................................................................................................................9-77 9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-78 9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-78 9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-79 9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-79 9.21 GEHUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-80 9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB...................................................................................................................9-81 9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-81 9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-82 9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-82 9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-83 9.22 GEPUG........................................................................................................................................................9-86 9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG....................................................................................................................9-86 9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-86 9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-87 9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-88 9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-89 9.23 GDPUC.......................................................................................................................................................9-91 9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa).......................................................................................................9-91 9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel........................................................................................................................9-91 9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel...................................................................................................9-92 9.24 GDPUX.......................................................................................................................................................9-93 9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc).......................................................................................................9-93 9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel........................................................................................................................9-94 9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel...................................................................................................9-94 9.25 GDPUP........................................................................................................................................................9-95 9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd).......................................................................................................9-95 9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel........................................................................................................................9-95 9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel...................................................................................................9-96 9.26 MDMC........................................................................................................................................................9-97 9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC....................................................................................................................9-97 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xi

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9.26.2 MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................................9-97 9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel................................................................................................................9-98 9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC.................................................................................................................9-99

9.27 PAMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-99 9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU...................................................................................................................9-100 9.27.2 PAMU Panel....................................................................................................................................9-100 9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel...............................................................................................................9-101 9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU................................................................................................................9-101 9.28 PFCU.........................................................................................................................................................9-102 9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU.....................................................................................................................9-102 9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU.................................................................................................................9-102 9.29 PFCB.........................................................................................................................................................9-103 9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB.....................................................................................................................9-103 9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB ................................................................................................................9-104 9.30 WOPB.......................................................................................................................................................9-105 9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB...................................................................................................................9-105

10 BSC Cables.............................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable......................................................................................................10-4 10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable............................................................................................10-7 10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable.....................................................................................................................................10-11 10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable...........................................................................10-12 10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-14 10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-16 10.7 Crossover Cable........................................................................................................................................10-18 10.8 Straight-Through Cable.............................................................................................................................10-19 10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable..........................................................................................................................10-26 10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable............................................................................................................................10-28 10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box..................................................................................................................10-30 10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable..................................................................................................................10-32 10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable.........................................................................................................10-34 10.14 GOMU serial port cable..........................................................................................................................10-36 10.15 BSC Power Cable....................................................................................................................................10-36 10.16 BSC PGND cable....................................................................................................................................10-39

11 LEDs on BSC Parts.................................................................................................................11-1
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................11-3 11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................11-3 11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel............................................................................................................11-4 11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel............................................................................................................11-5 11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel............................................................................................................11-5 11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..............................................................................................11-6 11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel........................................................................11-6 11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...............................................................................11-7 xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Contents

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel..........................................................................................................................11-8 11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.........................................................................................11-9 11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................11-9 11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-10 11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-11 11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-12 11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................11-13 11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................11-13 11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-14

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts..................................................................................................12-1
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack.............................................................................................................12-2 12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)...........................................................................................12-3 12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)....................................................................12-6 12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC..........................................................................................................................12-8 12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU...........................................................................................................................12-9 12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU..........................................................................................................................12-10

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

.

................................................................................................................................5-22 Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM.................................................................................................................................................. Ltd...................................................................................5-11 Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM............................................................................................................................................................................6-3 Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR..........5-22 Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................5-13 Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch.................................................................................................5-26 Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)................................................5-19 Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM....................................................................................................................................5-21 Figure 5-19 GBAM.......................6-4 Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box....................................................................................5-27 Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)......................................................................5-29 Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T).................................................................................5-32 Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR....................................2-1 Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet........................................................................5-25 Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR..................................5-31 Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310).......................................................................................................4-2 Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet.................................................................................................................................................5-24 Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough........................................................................................................................................................................................5-12 Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch.....................................4-3 Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR........................5-5 Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................5-11 Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM..........................................5-16 Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM.................................................................................................................................................................................5-10 Figure 5-6 KVM.........................................................................5-14 Figure 5-12 Cabling frame.6-6 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co......................................5-15 Figure 5-13 GBAM..........................................5-16 Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM.......................................................................5-18 Figure 5-16 GBAM.........................................................................................................................................................................................................5-9 Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack...................................................HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figures Figures Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC...........................................5-12 Figure 5-9 LAN switch.......................................................................................................................................................5-7 Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box....................................................................................................................................................... xv ............................5-19 Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM.............5-4 Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR..................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................6-14 Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................7-9 Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2).........................................................8-18 Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)....................................................................................................8-22 Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................8-21 Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................8-16 Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)...................................................................................................................................................................... 6-10 Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)...............................6-16 Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR.................8-13 Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)............................................................7-7 Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)......................................................................................................................8-24 Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.....................8-7 Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack.................................................................................................................................... 8-10 Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)..Figures HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..................8-18 Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)..............................................................................................................................7-11 Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR....... Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..................8-14 Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)............................................................................................................8-23 Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)..............................................9-9 Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel....8-15 Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)........................................................................................................................8-21 Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................8-22 Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)........................................8-10 Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack.................................................................8-15 Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)......................................................................................... 6-11 Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)...8-17 Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)......................................................................6-12 Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)............................................................8-13 Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)..................................................................................7-6 Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)........................................................................................................................................................9-15 xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co....................8-17 Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3).......................................................7-3 Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR..............................................................................7-4 Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)............................................................................................. Ltd.............................................................................7-13 Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack...................8-19 Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1).........................................9-7 Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............8-20 Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2)...........................................................................8-20 Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)...........9-13 Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...................................................................8-5 Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB).....................................................6-7 Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)........................................................................8-14 Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)..................................................................................................8-3 Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU).........................

...........................................................................9-87 Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.........................................................9-57 Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.......................................................9-101 Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU..........................................................................9-103 Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB...............................................................................................................................................................................................9-51 Figure 9-16 GTNU panel...............................................................................................................................9-62 Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel....................................................................9-94 Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel...........................9-41 Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel..................................................................10-7 Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...............................9-98 Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC............................................................................................................9-104 Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.......................9-27 Figure 9-9 GGCU panel.............................................................................10-4 Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.......................................9-59 Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel...............................................................................................................HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figures Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.................9-30 Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel....................................................................................................................................................................................9-45 Figure 9-14 GOMU panel.......................10-8 Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ltd........................................................................................9-25 Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...................................................................................................................................................10-12 Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-78 Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel.............................................................9-48 Figure 9-15 GSCU panel................................................................................................................................................................9-19 Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................10-15 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.........9-81 Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...................................................................9-99 Figure 9-34 PAMU panel.................................................................................9-33 Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel...........................................................................9-84 Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................9-37 Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.................................................................................................................10-14 Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable............................................9-75 Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel....................................................................................................................................................10-13 Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable............................10-11 Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable....................................................................................................................................................................................9-96 Figure 9-32 MDMC panel...............9-68 Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.......................9-54 Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.................................................................9-71 Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel...........................................................................................................................................9-21 Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-65 Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...............................................................................................................9-92 Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel........................................9-100 Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU.......................9-89 Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel................................10-11 Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable.............................................................................................................................. xvii ......................................

10-29 Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable...................................................................................................10-26 Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable....................................................................................................10-22 Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer............................................................................10-19 Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable..................................12-4 Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...................................................10-24 Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer..10-27 Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable...................................................................................................10-23 Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs..........................................................................................................................12-9 Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU............................................................10-27 Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable..........................10-20 Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM............................10-16 Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.........................................................10-35 Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable....................................................................................................10-33 Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable................................10-38 Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable................................................................10-28 Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable...............................................................................................................10-22 Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)..... Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................10-39 Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable................................................10-23 Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC........................10-17 Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................12-10 xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co............................................................................................10-34 Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet...................12-8 Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU...........12-6 Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................................10-41 Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack......................................................................................................10-36 Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................................10-18 Figure 10-13 Crossover cable.................................................................................................................................................................................10-31 Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box......10-30 Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable.............................................................Figures HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable....................................10-21 Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch.......................................................................................... Ltd........................................................................10-25 Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC........12-2 Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG................................................................................10-32 Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable...............................................................................................................................10-31 Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable.................................

.................................................................6-8 Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)..........................................................................................................................................5-13 Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM...................................................................5-6 Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box..............5-26 Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR..................................................................................................................................................................................3-1 Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR......................5-22 Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM......................................................2-2 Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes..............................5-36 Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR...................................................6-5 Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box...............6-7 Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box...........................................................................................7-5 Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)..........7-7 Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)........................................................................................................................ xix .............................................................................................................................................5-24 Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR.............................................. 6-20 Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR.......................................................7-6 Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)...............5-28 Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR............. 5-37 Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR................................................................................................................................................5-16 Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM..................................................................6-11 Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1).................6-10 Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2).....HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Tables Tables Table 2-1 Components of the BSC.......5-30 Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR......................................................................................................................7-12 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................5-18 Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM............................................................................................................5-8 Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.6-17 Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR.5-19 Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM...................................................................................................................7-10 Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2).......................................5-21 Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM..............................................................................................................................6-20 Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Ltd................ 6-14 Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR..................................... 6-13 Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)...................................................................5-9 Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch...5-33 Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR.....................................................................................................................................

...9-38 Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT............................................8-9 Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits................9-41 Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................................................................................................................9-7 Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel..........................................................................................................9-31 Table 9-20 LEDs on the board................................................................................7-14 Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR......................................................9-1 Table 9-2 LEDs on the board..........................................................................................................9-26 Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................................................................8-5 Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)........7-15 Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................8-8 Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB).........................................................9-37 Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel............................................................................................................................................................................................8-12 Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS......................8-25 Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC................................9-34 Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................9-17 Table 9-10 LEDs on the board........................................9-25 Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-20 Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT......................................................................................................................8-11 Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches................................................................................................................................................9-35 Table 9-23 LEDs on the board.....................9-39 Table 9-26 LEDs on the board.................. Ltd.9-23 Table 9-14 LEDs on the board.........................................9-22 Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits....................................................9-8 Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...................9-11 Table 9-6 LEDs on the board........................................................9-14 Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................................9-31 Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel...........................................................................................................................................9-29 Table 9-18 LEDs on the board..............................9-10 Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits............8-24 Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS...................Tables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR..........................................................................................................................................................................................9-45 xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................8-25 Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS..........................................................................................8-6 Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB)..........9-19 Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.....................9-42 Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.....................................7-16 Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack.....................................9-33 Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................................................................................9-43 Table 9-29 LEDs on the board........9-28 Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................... Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-16 Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits.....................................................9-13 Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.........8-4 Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU).

....................................................9-84 Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)................................................................................... xxi ............9-55 Table 9-39 LEDs on the board...................... 9-96 Table 9-71 LEDs on the board......................................................................................... 9-49 Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel...............................................................................9-66 Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel............................ 9-80 Table 9-60 LEDs on the board.................................................................................................................................................................... 9-92 Table 9-69 LEDs on the board...9-47 Table 9-32 LEDs on the board....................................................9-90 Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)............................................................................................................................................................................ 9-69 Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports................................................................ 9-60 Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel........................................... Ltd................9-46 Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT................................................................................................9-88 Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable).................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-73 Table 9-54 LEDs on the board...................................................................................................................................................................................9-60 Table 9-43 LEDs on the board...9-69 Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel..................................................... 9-87 Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.......9-76 Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 9-82 Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.........................9-82 Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)...............................................................................9-66 Table 9-48 LEDs on the board.................................................................................................................................................................... 9-62 Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.......................................................... 9-53 Table 9-37 LEDs on the board................................................9-70 Table 9-51 LEDs on the board.................................................................................................................... 9-52 Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports.................................................................................................9-85 Table 9-64 LEDs on the board............................................................................................................................... 9-65 Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...................................................... 9-55 Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel...................................................................................9-58 Table 9-41 LEDs on the board.................................................................................................9-79 Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-63 Table 9-45 LEDs on the board..........................................................................................................9-52 Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel........................................................................... 9-79 Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel................................................................. 9-72 Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports.....................9-90 Table 9-68 LEDs on the board.................... 9-57 Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel......HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Tables Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................................................................................................9-50 Table 9-34 LEDs on the board..................... 9-94 Table 9-70 LEDs on the board..................................................9-72 Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.............................................. 9-76 Table 9-57 LEDs on the board.............................................................................................. 9-98 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co....................................................................................... 9-75 Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel...........................................

.............................................................................................................10-31 Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable............................................................................................................................................10-32 Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................11-13 xxii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.......................................................................10-33 Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.................................................11-8 Table 11-11 LEDs on the board..........9-102 Table 9-75 Settings of S1....10-6 Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..................................................................................................................11-7 Table 11-8 LEDs on the board............................................................11-11 Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports..................................................10-10 Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable.........................................................................................................................................................................10-37 Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables.......................10-37 Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables...11-9 Table 11-12 LEDs on the board................9-104 Table 10-1 List of BSC cables.......................................10-5 Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media...............................................................................................................................................................................................11-9 Table 11-13 LEDs on the board........................................................................11-3 Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..............................................................................11-5 Table 11-5 LEDs on the board......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-103 Table 9-76 Setting of the pins...........................................................................................................................................11-5 Table 11-6 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................11-13 Table 11-18 LEDs on the board......................................................................................................10-9 Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ......................................................................................................... Ltd......................................9-99 Table 9-73 LEDs on the board.............................10-34 Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable..............10-8 Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable.......................................10-38 Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables.....11-6 Table 11-7 LEDs on the board....................................................................................10-38 Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables.........Tables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-72 Setting of S2.......................................................................................................................................................................................................10-19 Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable...............................................................................10-1 Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector .................. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ......................................................................11-3 Table 11-3 LEDs on the board......................11-12 Table 11-16 LEDs on the board.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................11-7 Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9-101 Table 9-74 Settings of SW1..............................................10-20 Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable..............10-40 Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.........................................................................................................................................................11-4 Table 11-4 LEDs on the board....................................11-10 Table 11-14 LEDs on the board......................................................................11-12 Table 11-17 LEDs on the board..................................................................................................11-8 Table 11-10 LEDs on the board..10-5 Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ...........10-36 Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables................................................................................................................................

........................... xxiii ....12-3 Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable).......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................12-8 Table 12-7 Setting of S2..................................................................................12-9 Table 12-9 Settings of S1......................................................................................................................................................................HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Tables Table 11-19 LEDs on the board............................................................. Ltd.....................................................................11-14 Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits...................................................12-4 Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)......12-5 Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT................................................................................................................12-9 Table 12-8 Settings of SW1....................12-10 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............12-2 Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches..........................12-7 Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits...............................

.

Ltd. 1-1 . 01(2010-01-30) of V900R008C15 This is the initial commercial release. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.

.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 2 BSC Physical Structure 2 OM equipment room Equipment room Alarm box Ethernet cable BSC Physical Structure This describes the physical structure of the BSC. LMT computers. …… Ethernet cable GBCR GBSR GBSR PDF: Power Distribution Frame Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC Optical cable to other NEs Trunk cable to other NEs Ethernet cable to other NEs PGND cable to the PDF Power cable to the PDF Serial port cable …… LMT LMT LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal Table 2-1 lists the components of the BSC.. 2-1 . Ltd. and alarm box. Figure 2-1 shows the physical structure of the BSC. cables. including the cabinet.

Ltd. For details. GSM BSC service processing rack (GBSR) 7 GBSR Cabinet BSC Cables 10 BSC Cables BSC LMT LMT-Related Definitions Alarm box User manual delivered with the alarm box 2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The number of BSC cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. It is optional for the BSC. The GBSR processes various services for the BSC. The number of GBSRs to be configured depends on the traffic volume. Refer to. refer to 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) and 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)... The LMT is a computer that is installed with the LMT software package and is connected to the OM network of the NEs. One GBCR is configured in a BSC.2 BSC Physical Structure HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 2-1 Components of the BSC Component GSM BSC control processing rack (GBCR) Introduction The GBCR provides switching and processes services for the BSC. The alarm box can generate audible and visual alarms. optical cables.. It is optional for the BSC. Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. and E1/T1 cables. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . BSC cables are classified into the Ethernet cables.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated. Ltd. 3-1 . BM/TC combined. Table 3-1 describes the three BSC hardware configuration modes. Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes Descripti on BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) Cabinet l l Subrack l l l Boards l l l l l l l l l l l l Cable l GBCR GBSR GMPS GEPS GTCS GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GDPUP GEPUG/GFGUG GEIUA/GOIUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB GEIUT/GOIUT l Clock cable – BITS clock signal cable – Y-shaped clock cable Ethernet cable – Crossover cable Straight-through Ethernet cable Optical cable – LC/PC-LC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable – LC/PC-FC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable – LC/PC-SC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable E1/T1 cable – Active/standby 75ohm coaxial cable – l l l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. and A over IP.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Descripti on BM/TC separated (external PCU) Cabinet l l Subrack l l l Boards l l l l l l l l l l Cable Active/standby 120ohm twisted pair cable Inter-GTNU cable – GBCR GBSR GMPS GEPS GTCS GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GEIUA/GOIUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB GEIUT/GOIUT GEIUP/GOIUP GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GDPUP GEPUG/GFGUG GEIUA/GOIUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB l l l l l Signal cable of the alarm box PDB monitoring signal cable EMU RS485 communication cable GOMU serial port cable l l BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) l l GBCR GBSR l l GMPS GEPS l l l l l l l l l l l l 3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

. 3-3 . Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes Descripti on BM/TC combined (external PCU) Cabinet l l Subrack l l Boards l l l l l l l l l l Cable GBCR GBSR GMPS GEPS GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GEIUA/GOIUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB GEIUP/GOIUP GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GDPUP GEPUG/GFGUG GFGUA/GOGUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB l A over IP (built-in PCU) l l GBCR GBSR l l GMPS GEPS l l l l l l l l l l l l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Descripti on A over IP (external PCU) Cabinet l l Subrack l l Boards l l l l l l l l l l Cable GBCR GBSR GMPS GEPS GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI GTNU GSCU GGCU GOMU GDPUX GFGUA/GOGUA GEIUB/GOIUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB/ GEHUB GEIUP/GOIUP l 3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

. 4. The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets. 4-1 . Ltd. The cabinet is designed in compliance with IEC60297 and IEEE standards.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2.200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth). 4. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet 4 About This Chapter BSC Cabinet The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet Based on functions.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet 4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2. Figure 4-2 shows a double-door BSC cabinet. Ltd. Figure 4-1 shows a single-door BSC cabinet..200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth).4 BSC Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 4. The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.

One GBCR is configured in a BSC.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet 4. Based on the hardware configuration. For details. GBCR The GBCR processes primary services and provides OM for the BSC. For details. l In configuration type A. refer to 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A). Ltd.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet Based on functions. the GBCR is classified into configuration type A and configuration type B. the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR. refer to 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4-3 l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. In configuration type B. the GBCR is configured with the GBAM. the GBCR is configured with the GOMU.

4 BSC Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description GBSR The GBSR processes various services for the BSC. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. refer to 7 GBSR Cabinet. Ltd.. 4-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details. The number of GBSRs to be configured depends on the traffic volume.

3 Air Defence Subrack The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks.8 Rear Cable Trough The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into the rear slots of the subrack. which consists of a keyboard. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each rear cable trough. and a mouse. 5. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM.5 LAN Switch The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. 5. which is installed at the top of the BSC cabinet.7 GBAM There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T. and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GBAM. It shields hot air from affecting the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM. an LCD display. 5.4 KVM The KVM is an integrated device. They are used to coil optical cables. and signal cables. C5210. 5. 5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch. 5.6 Cabling Frame The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch. PGND cables.. 5. 5. The GBAM is installed in the GBCR.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A) The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables. Ltd. 5. 5-1 . The KVM can be configured when the GBCR is in configuration type A. The air defence subrack is 1 U high. cable connections.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) 5 About This Chapter GBCR (Configuration Type A) This describes the components. and HP CC3310.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A) This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.

.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. 5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5.

LAN switch. air defence subrack. The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack. side doors. the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A) This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR. Outer Components of the GBCR Figure 5-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR. 5-3 . GBAM. subracks. and rear cable trough. and rear door. The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type A. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. front door. cabling frame. Ltd..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) 5. KVM.

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR 2 1 3 3 2 (1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors 5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd..

Ltd. 5-5 ..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Inner Components of the GBCR Figure 5-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR 8 1 8 9 6 7 10 6 10 5 1 1 1 4 3 1 1 2 4 5 2 Front view Rear view (1) Filler panel (2) GBAM (6) Subrack (7) Air defence subrack (3) Cabling frame (4) LAN switch (5) KVM (8) Power distribution box (9) Cable rack in the (10) Rear cable cabinet trough Table 5-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.

2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. power distribution switches.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .2. Refer to. one air defence subrack should be configured. which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the functional modules in the BSC...2. Ltd. BSC Common Power Distribution Box BSC Subracks Air defence subrack Air Defence Subrack KVM LAN switch Cabling frame GBAM Rear cable trough KVM LAN Switch Cabling Frame GBAM Rear Cable Trough NOTE In configuration type A. 5. 5.) The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power. and generates audible and visual alarms when faults occur. the GBCR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box. and panel of the overvoltage protection board.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR Component Power distribution box Subrack Description One (mandatory) One mandatory GMPS. The BSC common power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrent protection for two -48 V inputs.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of the MDMC. 5. One (optional) One (mandatory) One (mandatory) One (mandatory) Each subrack should be configured with one rear cable trough. 5. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs. which is installed at the top of the BSC cabinet.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box 5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and one optional GEPS or GTCS When the cabinet is configured with two subracks.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box. label for power distribution switches.

power distribution switches. and the port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack. l You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting the mute switch.2. the power output terminal block. l If you set the switch to ON. switch off the device. the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a fault.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box. Ltd.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of the MDMC.2. and panel of the overvoltage protection board. 70 A -48V2. refer to 9. These components are the power input terminal block. CAUTION l When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. 5.. label for power distribution switches. To disassemble a device. 5-7 l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .26 MDMC and 9.30 WOPB. you can refer to the label for power distribution switches. and then disconnect the power cable from the device.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications and output specifications. 70 A 2 3 4 RUN ALM ON OFF MONITOR ALARM SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 5 (1) Panel of the MDMC (5) Label for power distribution switches NOTE 6 (2) RUN LED (6) Power distribution switches (3) ALM LED 7 (4) Mute switch (7) Panel of the overvoltage protection board For details on the MDMC and the overvoltage protection board. Figure 5-3 shows the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box. If you set the switch to OFF. the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it detects a fault. Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box 1 -48V1.

25s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The MDMC is operating and communicating with the GSCU. Then. the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power distribution box. 5. and the port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack. These components are the power input terminal block. NOTE When the power distribution box is reset. Ltd. There is no power supply to the MDMC or the power distribution box is faulty.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. the monitoring board is performing self-check.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. There is no alarm.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box. The ALM LED. 5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2. Meanwhile. It is an indication that the ALM LED is functional.2. Table 5-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box. however. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn off. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. The power distribution box is faulty. Figure 5-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box. the power output terminal block. As soon as the self-check is complete. The MDMC is not operating or not communicating with the GSCU.. is always on during the MDMC self-test.25s and off for 0.

. The wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled -48V and RTN on the power input terminal block and power output terminal block. Table 5-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box RTN RTN -48V2 -48V1 -48V1 RTN -48V1 RTN -48V1 RTN -48V2 RTN -48V2 RTN -48V2 RTN -48V IN OR NIT MO TS POR -48V OUT (1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block (3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack NOTE l l Figure 5-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC. each of which has a maximum input current of 100 A -48 V DC 5-9 Output specifications Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Rated output voltage Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications and output specifications. 5. . Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box Item Input specifications Sub Item Rated input voltage Input voltage Input mode Maximum input current Specification -48 V DC -40 V DC to -57 V DC Two -48 V DC inputs Two inputs. The port for connecting a service subrack is connected to the lowest service subrack in the cabinet through the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box. Ltd.

the maximum current of each power output is 70 A. Ltd. Appearance Figure 5-5 shows the air defence subrack. When the total current of the six groups of power output is smaller than 100 A. which performs short-circuiting functions. 5-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..3 Air Defence Subrack The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack Dimensions The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44. The current at the overcurrent protection point is 87.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476. The air defence subrack is 1 U high. 4. It shields hot air from affecting the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Item Sub Item Output voltage Independent output Specification -40 V DC to -57 V DC Six groups of independent power output: Each group consists of one -48 V output and one RTN output. The output of current is controlled by a switch. You need to restore the default value manually. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .1 mm (depth).5 A.800 W in hot backup mode Output protection specifications Rated output power 5.

and a mouse..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) 5. It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. 5-11 . Appearance Figure 5-6 shows the KVM. Ltd. Figure 5-6 KVM Front Panel Figure 5-7 shows the front panel of the KVM. which consists of a keyboard. The KVM can be configured when the GBCR is in configuration type A. an LCD display.4 KVM The KVM is an integrated device. Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM 1 2 (1) Handle (2) KVM switch Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM 1 2 3 4 (1) Grounding bolt 3. Ltd. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch. and then push the KVM into the cabinet while sliding the buttons outwards. Figure 5-9 shows the LAN switch. Figure 5-9 LAN switch 5-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Power switch (2) DC power input socket (4) Cable connectors for the KVM NOTE To push the KVM completely into the cabinet. When you feel resisting force. 5. The LMT computer accesses the BSC through the LAN switch.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Rear Panel Figure 5-8 shows the rear panel of the KVM. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . release the buttons. use your index fingers to press and hold the white button on both sides of the KVM. Appearance of the LAN Switch The LAN switch used in the BSC is the Quidway S3026C.. The BSC also accesses the M2000 through the LAN switch. The LAN switch provides 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex Ethernet ports for the BSC.5 LAN Switch The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR.

Ltd. and Ethernet ports. The LAN switch is not powered on. The port is active but there is no data flow. POWER A/L Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The port is active and there is data flow. The port is correctly linked. Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch LED Colo r Gree n Yello w (on the left) Gree n (on the right) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Status On Off On (blinking ) OFF ON OFF Meaning The power supply to the LAN switch is normal.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Front Panel of the LAN Switch The components on the front panel of the LAN switch are the mode switch button. Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch. The port is not linked or wrongly linked. Figure 5-10 shows the front panel of the LAN switch. and LEDs. configuration ports. and D/ S LEDs. Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch 2 4 1 3 Quidway S3500 Series 5 (1) Power LED (3) D/S LED (5) 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex BASE-TX Ethernet ports (2) A/L LED 6 (4) MODE switch button (6) Configuration port (CONSOLE) NOTE l l You can configure the LAN switch through the configuration port to meet the BSC requirements.. A/L LEDs. 5-13 . LEDs on the Front Panel of the LAN Switch The LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch consist of the power LED. You can change the status indicated by the LEDs of the 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet ports by setting the MODE switch button of the LAN switch.

Figure 5-11 shows the rear panel of the LAN switch. 22.6 Cabling Frame The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch. 5-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The data rate on the port is 10 Mbit/s. 20. D/S NOTE Only ports 2. Figure 5-12 shows the cabling frame. The data rate on the port is 100 Mbit/s. Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch NEG(-) RTN(+) 1 2 (2) PGND post (1) DC power socket 5. Ltd.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Yello w (on the left) Gree n (on the right) Status ON OFF ON OFF Meaning The port is in full duplex mode. The port is in half duplex mode. 4. Rear Panel of the LAN Switch The components on the rear panel of the LAN switch are the DC power socket and the PGND post.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The other ports are reserved. and 24 on the LAN switch are used.

and HP CC3310.7. Ltd. The GBAM is installed in the GBCR.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T) This describes the IBM X3650T. which serves as the GBAM. and filters the performance and alarm data Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000.7.. C5210.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210) This describes the C5210. which serves as the GBAM.1 Functions of the GBAM The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.7. 5-15 .2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T) This describes the IBM X3650T.7.7 GBAM There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T. The GBAM performs the following functions: l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and boards. 5.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310) This describes the HP CC3310.1 Functions of the GBAM The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC. 5.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-12 Cabling frame Cabling frame 5. 5. and then forwards the commands to the boards in the BSC for processing Filters the results from the BSC boards. 5. which serves as the GBAM. and then returns the results to the LMT computer l l 5. 5.7. facilitates the data configuration of the LMT. Figure 5-13 shows the GBAM. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which serves as the GBAM. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.

a critical fault occurs in the system and the system cannot work properly. LEDs.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-13 GBAM Front Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T) The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive. a major fault occurs in the system. When the indicator is on (yellow). The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. . ports. Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 13 11 14 12 10 9 Table 5-5 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM. Though the system can work properly. Ltd. Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 CRT Silkscreen None Description CD-ROM drive Power switch Reset switch The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. and switches. its performance deteriorates. Figure 5-14 shows the front panel of the GBAM. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 5 MJR 5-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the indicator is on (yellow)..

the power supply for the system is faulty.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) SN 6 Silkscreen MNR Description The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When the LED is green.. 5-17 . Ltd. Figure 5-15 shows the rear panel of the GBAM. and signal ports. Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 1. 11 1 12 13 14 15 16 ON None NMI switch. the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. grounding post. used to switch the system ID. when the LED is yellow. the GBAM is in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults. When the LED is green. The system can still work properly. with an 8-pin RJ45 connector USB port 7 PWR 8 9 10 0 Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 0. the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. When the NMI switch is pressed. Rear Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T) The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port. when the LED is yellow. When the indicator is on (yellow). the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. a minor fault occurs in the system. When the indicator is on (yellow). the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. Main power LED NIC0/NIC1 LED System ID LED ID switch. The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. Serial port. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

with an 8-pin RJ45 connector 1 2 RJ45 NIC1 connector RJ45 NIC2 connector Video connector 1 0 USB 1 USB 0 Configuration port of the GBAM SCSI LVD/SE 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ultra320 SCSI port PGND post 5-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The upper one is connected to the mouse and the lower one is connected to the keyboard. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 5 6 Silkscreen Alarms None None None None Description DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of the GBAM) PCI extension slot (not configured) PCI extension slot (configured) Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter Power module PS/2 port.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM Table 5-6 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM. used to connect the keyboard and the mouse. Ltd.. Serial port.

which serves as the GBAM. When the indicator is on (yellow).7. Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 CRT Silkscreen None Description CD-ROM drive Power switch Reset switch The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. Ltd. . ports.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) 5. Figure 5-17 shows the front panel of the GBAM. and switches.. a critical fault occurs in the system and the system cannot work properly.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210) This describes the C5210. Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 16 14 12 10 15 13 11 9 Table 5-7 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM. 5-19 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LEDs. Figure 5-16 GBAM Front Panel of the GBAM (C5210) The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive. Figure 5-16 shows the GBAM.

Though the system can work properly. grounding post. 12 1 13 14 15 16 17 ON None NMI switch.. its performance deteriorates. the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. When the indicator is on (yellow). Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . the GBAM is in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults. with an 8-pin RJ45 connector USB port 6 MNR 7 PWR 8 9 10 11 2 Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 2. the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. when the LED is yellow. Ltd.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description SN 5 Silkscreen MJR Description The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When the indicator is on (yellow). Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 1. the power supply for the system is faulty. When the LED is green. Main power LED NIC0/NIC1 LED System ID LED ID switch. Rear Panel of the GBAM (C5210) The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port. When the LED is green. and signal ports. When the NMI switch is pressed. The system can still work properly. the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. Figure 5-18 shows the rear panel of the GBAM. The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. when the LED is yellow. used to switch the system ID. a major fault occurs in the system. the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. When the indicator is on (yellow). Serial port. a minor fault occurs in the system. 5-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Serial port. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of the GBAM) RJ45 NIC0 connector 1 11 12 Alarms 0 5. and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTN cable. 5-21 . Figure 5-19 shows the GBAM..7. which serves as the GBAM. The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48 V cable. Ltd. Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 None 2 None SCSI LVD/SE Silkscreen 1 Description USB 1 Video connector Ultra320 SCSI port RJ45 NIC1 connector Mouse/keyboard connector. with an 8-pin RJ45 connector USB 2 Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter PGND post DC input socket.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM 12 11 9 + + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Table 5-8 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310) This describes the HP CC3310. A Y-shaped cable can be used to connect the mouse and the keyboard.

a critical fault occurs in the system and the system cannot work properly. ports.. a major fault occurs in the system. Though the system can work properly. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. 5 MJR 5-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the indicator is on (yellow). and switches. LEDs. The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. its performance deteriorates. Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 16 14 12 10 15 13 11 9 Table 5-9 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM. Figure 5-20 shows the front panel of the GBAM. When the indicator is on (yellow). Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 CRT Silkscreen None Description CD-ROM drive Power switch Reset switch The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-19 GBAM Front Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310) The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive.

the power supply for the system is faulty. Main power LED NIC0/NIC1 LED System ID LED ID switch. When the LED is green. a minor fault occurs in the system. Figure 5-21 shows the rear panel of the GBAM. used to switch the system ID. the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. When the indicator is on (yellow). the GBAM is in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults. 12 1 13 14 15 16 17 ON None NMI switch. the read and write function of the hard disk is normal. When the NMI switch is pressed. Ltd. the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. grounding post.. the read and write function of the hard disk is not normal. when the LED is yellow. The system can still work properly. and signal ports. Serial port. 5-23 . When the indicator is on (yellow). Rear Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310) The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port. when the LED is yellow. When the LED is green. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) SN 6 Silkscreen MNR Description The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 1. with an 8-pin RJ45 connector USB port 7 PWR 8 9 10 11 2 Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk 2. The PWR LED indicates the power fault information.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM 8 8 12 11 9 + + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 Table 5-10 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM. A Y-shaped cable can be used to connect the mouse and the keyboard. Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM SN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 None 2 None SCSI LVD/SE Silkscreen 1 Description USB 1 Video connector Ultra320 SCSI port RJ45 NIC1 connector Mouse/keyboard connector. and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTN cable. DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of the GBAM) RJ45 NIC0 connector 1 11 12 Alarms 0 5-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48 V cable. Ltd. with an 8-pin RJ45 connector USB 2 Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter PGND post DC input socket. Serial port.

inter-GTNU cable.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A) The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables.9. 5.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) 5. Table 5-11 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 5-22 shows the rear cable trough. PGND cables. 5. active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. Ltd.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.8 Rear Cable Trough The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into the rear slots of the subrack. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.. This ensures a stable power supply for the GBCR.9. Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough Fiber management trays 5. Figure 5-23 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution box and the components in the GBCR.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB.9.9. 5.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way. Y-shaped clock cable. BITS clock cable. straight-through cable. and PDB monitoring signal cable. 5-25 . optical cable. and signal cables. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. 5.

The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 5-26 . This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge. This ensures a stable power supply for the GBCR.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. Ltd..5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR Distribution of power switches SW1、SW4 Subrack-1 SW2、SW5 SW3 SW3 SW3、SW6 Subrack-0 KVM LAN Switch GBAM Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR Component Subrack 1 Subrack 0 KVM LAN Switch GBAM Power Switch SW1 and SW4 SW2 and SW5 SW3 SW3 SW3 and SW6 5. l Figure 5-24 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.9. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description l 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-25 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.. 1 11. 5-27 .1.1.3 11.1 11.1.3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view Vx: -48Vx Rx: RTNx PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T) PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box V V V V V V R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 11.2 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Subrack 18 Subrack 17 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 1 2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 5 6 14 Subrack Subrack 19 16 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3 4 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 7 8 15 KVM 2 0 1 1 I O LAN switch 11.2. 1 2 1 11.2 GBAM 2 2 2 3 11.2 11.2.2.

1. 16. and 11.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 5-12 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR. 11.2. 15. and 17 18 and 19 20 21 22 and 23 24-31 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks Power cable for the KVM PDB monitoring cable Power cables for the LAN switch Power cables for the GBAM PGND cable connecting the PDB and the busbar PGND cables for the BSC subracks PGND cables connecting the busbars of different cabinets PGND cable for the KVM PGND cable for the LAN switch PGND cables for the GBAM PGND cables for the cabinet doors 5-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .3.1 and 11.3 13 14.1 11.2.. 11. Ltd.2.1.2.1.2. Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR Number 1-8 11 12 11.

2 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Subrack Subrack 18 17 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 1 2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 5 6 14 Subrack 19 Subrack 16 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3 4 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 15 7 8 KVM 2 0 1 1 I O LAN switch 11.2.2 11.2 9.3 GBAM 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view Vx: -48Vx Rx: RTNx PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view Table 5-13 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.1.3 11.2. Ltd.3 11.2.2 9. 1 11.1. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5-29 .1 11.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310) PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box V V V V V V R1 R1 R1 R2 R2 R2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 11.2 2 2 2 3 10..3 10. 1 2 1 11.1.

2. 10. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 10.2.2. l l Figure 5-26 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM. 5-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Y-shaped clock cable.3. Ltd. BITS clock cable. active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. and 17 18 and 19 20 21 22 and 23 24-31 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks Power cable for the KVM PDB monitoring cable Power cables for the LAN switch Power cables for the GBAM PGND cable connecting the PDB and the busbar PGND cables for the BSC subracks PGND cables connecting the busbars of different cabinets PGND cable for the KVM PGND cable for the LAN switch PGND cables for the GBAM PGND cables for the cabinet doors 5.3. 11.2.. 16. and 11.9.1. optical cable. and PDB monitoring signal cable.1 9.1.1 and 11. Figure 5-27 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR Number 1-8 11 12 11.3 13 14.3.2. 15.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.inter-GTNU cable. 9.1. 11.2. straight-through cable. 11.2.

5-31 .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T) 13 Power distribution box 9 10 11 Power distribution box 12 15 16 GEPS 11 7 8 17 14 GEPS MONITOR 6 5 16 15 10 17 GMPS 9 13 7 8 6 5 14 4 3 2 1 MONITOR 12 18 GMPS 23 19 24 21 22 20 18 19 23 20 LAN switch Rear view Front view Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.

5-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to connect each GEPS to the GMPS directly. and number of cables shown in Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 are examples. and number of cables depend on the site plan. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The connection method is the same as the method of connecting the first GEPS to the GMPS. The types of interface boards.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310) 13 Power distribution box 9 10 11 Power distribution box 12 15 16 GEPS 11 7 8 17 14 GEPS MONITOR 6 5 16 15 10 17 GMPS 9 13 7 8 6 5 14 4 3 2 1 MONITOR 12 18 GMPS 23 19 24 21 22 20 18 LAN switch 23 20 19 Rear view NOTE Front view l Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the connections of signal cables between a GMPS and a GEPS. The actual types of interface boards. installation positions of cables. If there are more than one GEPS.. installation positions of cables. l Table 5-14 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

Ltd. only one port is used to connect to the BITS clock. 5-33 ..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR S N Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 SMB male connector/ CLKIN1 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 13 of the GMPS SMB male connector/ CLKIN0 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 13 of the GMPS SMB male connector/ CLKIN1 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 of the GMPS SMB male connector/ CLKIN0 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 of the GMPS RJ45/CLKOUT port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 or 13 of the GMPS RJ45/CLKOUT port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 or 13 of the GMPS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GMPS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port Remarks 1 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120-ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120-ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120-ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120-ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port Y-shaped clock cable connecting the GGCU to the GSCU 2 Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port Figure 5-26 shows the clock cables that are connected to the CLKIN1 and CLKIN0 ports. Generally. 3 Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port 4 Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port 5 RJ45/CLKIN port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GEPS - 6 Y-shaped clock cable connecting the GGCU to the GSCU 7 Inter-GTNU cable - Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

or other NEs RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS - 13 Optical cable - 14 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable - 15 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 5-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description S N Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GMPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 of the GEPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 15 of the GEPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 or 15 of the GEPS DB15/port connecting the PDB to a service subrack LC optical port/slot 27 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GEPS DDF or other NEs Remarks 8 Inter-GTNU cable 9 E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs - 10 DDF or other NEs 11 DDF or other NEs - 12 PDB monitoring signal cable DB15/ MONITOR port on the lowest subrack OIUa in the GTCS. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . or ODF.

21 RJ45/Ethernet port on the LAN switch 22 Ethernet cable between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN) RJ45/Ethernet port on the LAN switch RJ45/Ethernet port on the M2000 (LAN) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 5-35 . Ltd. The LMT computer is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch. The M2000 (LAN) is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) S N Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/GBAM Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T10 port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/10 00BASE-T10 port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS RJ45/Ethernet port on the LAN switch RJ45/LMT computer Remarks 16 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 17 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 18 Ethernet cable between the GSCU and the GBAM - 19 Ethernet cable between the GSCU and the GBAM RJ45/GBAM 20 Ethernet cable between the LAN switch and the GBAM Ethernet cable between the LAN switch and the LMT computer RJ45/Ethernet port on the GBAM The GBAM is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch.

Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR Specification Cabinet standard Dimensions Height available Weight Load-bearing capacity of the equipment room Value IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard 2.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A) The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications.5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description S N Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 DB25 male connector/KVM signal input port Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 DB15 male connector/ GBAM monitor port (PS2 male connector)/Yshaped KVM mouse port (PS2 male connector)/ Y-shaped KVM key port RJ45/Ethernet port on the M2000 (LAN) Remarks 23 Ethernet cable between the GBAM and the KVM - 24 Ethernet cable between the LAN switch and the CBC RJ45/Ethernet port on the LAN switch The CBC is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. cabinet in full configuration ≤ 300 kg ≥ 450 kg/m2 Table 5-16 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth) 46 U Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg. 5. Table 5-15 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR. 5-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

5-37 .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A) Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR Specification Rated input voltage Input voltage Value -48 V -40 V to -57 V Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.

.

and signal cables.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) 6 About This Chapter GBCR (Configuration Type B) This describes the components. Ltd. which is installed at the top of the BSC cabinet. cable connections. 6. PGND cables.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box Each BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box. 6. and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GOMU.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications. 6-1 .1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6.. 6.

subracks.. and rear cable trough.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR. The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type B. the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . air defence subrack. The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack. and rear door. 6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. side doors.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6. front door. Ltd. Outer Components of the GBCR Figure 6-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.

Ltd. 6-3 ..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR 2 1 3 3 2 (1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Inner Components of the GBCR Figure 6-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR. Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR 4 1 4 5 2 3 6 2 3 6 2 6 Front view Rear view (1) Filler panel (4) Power distribution box (2) Subrack (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (3) Air defence subrack (6) Rear cable trough Table 6-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR. 6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..

2.2. two air defence subracks should be configured.. BSC Common Power Distribution Box and BSC HighPower Distribution Box BSC Subracks Air Defence Subrack When the cabinet is configured with two subracks. 6. the GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box. 6. one BSC common power distribution box or one BSC highpower distribution box is configured.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR Componen t Power distribution box Subrack Air defence subrack Description Based on the power consumption of the GBCR. port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack. When the cabinet is configured with three subracks. one air defence subrack should be configured. One mandatory GMPS. and generates audible and visual alarms when faults occur.2.. 6-5 .1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of the MDMC and the power switches.. power output terminal block. Ltd. Rear Cable Trough NOTE In configuration type B. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input specifications and output specifications. which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the functional modules in the BSC. 6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box Each BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box.2. 6. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. which is installed at the top of the BSC cabinet. The BSC-high power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrent protection for four -48 V inputs.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input terminal block. l Rear cable trough Each subrack should be configured with one rear cable trough.) The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power. and one or two optional GEPSs or GTCSs l Refer to. and 2-hole grounding screw.

switch off the device. l 6. Figure 6-3 shows the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box. refer to 9.2.. the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it detects a fault. Table 6-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of the MDMC and the power switches.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a fault. Ltd. 6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box 1 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 RUN ALM MUTE l O SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1 SUBRCK-0 SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1 SUBRCK-0 5 B 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 6 (1) Panel of the MDMC (4) Mute switch NOTE (2) RUN LED (5) Power distribution switches (3) ALM LED (6) Label for power distribution switches For details of the MDMC. CAUTION l When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches. If you set the mute switch to 0. you can refer to the label for power distribution switches.2.27 PAMU. To disassemble a device. l If you set the mute switch to 1. and then disconnect the power cable from the device. l You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting the mute switch.

There is no alarm. the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power distribution box. NOTE When the power distribution box is reset. The power distribution box is faulty. port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input terminal block. The PAMU is not working or not communicating with the GSCU. Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box 1 A 3 B 2 4 (1) Power input terminal block (3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack (2) Power output terminal block (4) 2-hole grounding screw Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 6-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..2. Meanwhile. however. The PAMU has no power input or the power distribution box is faulty. the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete.125s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The PAMU is working and communicating with the GSCU. Ltd. It is an indication that the ALM LED is functional. Then. is always on during the PAMU self-test. The ALM LED. and 2-hole grounding screw. 6.125s and off for 0. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn off. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. 6-7 .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. power output terminal block.

These MCBs provide the overcurrent protection function. and 1(+). Output protection specifications Rated output power The current at the overcurrent protection point is 70 A..4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input specifications and output specifications. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 9. Each group has two –48 V DC power outputs.600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.2. 2 (+). Group A consists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B. and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+). The maximum rated output current of each output is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A. You need to restore the default value manually. and 1(-). -48 V DC or -60 V DC -40 V DC to -72 V DC Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Group B consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Each group has one to two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power inputs. the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+) respectively . 2(-).) Maximum input current Output specifications Rated output voltage Output voltage Independent output 6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l 6.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) NOTE HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description l l Figure 6-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC. Each output is controlled by the MCBs: A8-A10 and B8-B10. the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable are labeled 3(-). Table 6-3 lists the technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box. The maximum rated input current of each route is 100 A. Ltd. Each group has one to three -48 V DC/-60 V DC power outputs. Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box Item Input specifications Sub Item Rated input voltage Input voltage Input mode Specification -48 V DC or -60 V DC -40 V DC to -72 V DC Two groups of power inputs: A and B. On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B.

This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. Table 6-4 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components. for group B. Similarly. PGND cables.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box.3. This ensures a stable power supply for the GBCR.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way. 6. straight-through cable.3. Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power Distribution Box) Figure 6-5 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution box and the components in the GBCR. power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1-A8. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way. power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1B8. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9-B10. The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in use. Y-shaped clock cable. and signal cables. Ltd..2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. optical cable. 6-9 . and power input A3 corresponds to power outputs A9-A10. 6. inter-GTNU cable. active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Item Sub Item Specification NOTE For group A. BITS clock cable. 6.3. 6. and PDB monitoring signal cable.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. 6.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.

SW4 Subrack-2 SW2. SW6 Subrack-0 Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1) Component Subrack 2 Subrack 1 Subrack 0 Power Switch SW1 and SW4 SW2 and SW5 SW3 and SW6 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBCR (High-Power Distribution Box) Figure 6-6 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power distribution box and the components in the GBCR. 6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SW5 Subrack-1 SW3.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Table 6-5 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1) Distribution of power switches SW1. Ltd.

Ltd. The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in use. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. 6-11 ..3.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2) Distribution of power switches A8、B8 Subrack-2 A9、B9 Subrack-1 A10、B10 Subrack-0 Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2) Component Subrack 2 Subrack 1 Subrack 0 Power Switch A8 and B8 A9 and B9 A10 and B10 6. Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution Box Configured) Figure 6-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR. This ensures a stable power supply for the GBCR.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB.

2 4.1 4.1 2.1 3.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 4.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1) PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box V V V V V V R R R R R R 2 2 2 1 1 1 1.2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view Vx: -48Vx Rx: RTN PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view 6-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 4.2 7 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Subrack 14 Subrack 13 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 1. Ltd.2 2.2 6.1 1.2 9 Subrack 16 Subrack 11 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3.1 5.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 10 6.1 6.1 1.1 6.1 3.2 3.1 5.2 8 Subrack 15 Subrack 12 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 2.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 5. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .1 2..2 5.

2 7 8.2. 5.1 and 4..1 and 5.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Table 6-6 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR. 11.2. Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1) Number 1. 12.2. 9.1 and 1.1 and 2. 3. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. and 16 17-24 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks PGND cable for the power distribution box PGND cables for the BSC subracks Inter-cabinet PGND cables PGND cables for the cabinet doors Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box Configured) Figure 6-8 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.2.1 and 3.2. and 13 14. 2.1 and 6. 15. 6-13 . 6. Ltd. 10.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. 5 and 6. 9 and 10. 11 and 12 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks 6-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7 and 8. Ltd. 3 and 4. Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2) SN 1 and 2.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2) Power distribution box A 1 RUN AL M MUT E 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 6 4 2 12 10 8 5 3 1 11 9 7 13 Subrack 20 Subrack DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 19 1 2 MONITO R DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 14 7 8 Subrack Subrack 21 18 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3 4 MONITO R DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 15 9 10 Subrack Subrack 22 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 17 5 23 24 6 MONITO R DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 16 11 12 25 26 27 28 29 30 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view Table 6-7 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

straight-through cable.3. and 19 20.. and 16. Ltd. BITS clock cable. inter-GTNU cable. and PDB monitoring signal cable. 15.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) SN 13 14. 21. 18.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. optical cable. active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. Y-shaped clock cable. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 17. Figure 6-9 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR. and 22 23-30 Description PGND cable connecting the PDB and the busbar PGND cables connecting the busbars of different subracks PGND cables connecting the busbars of different cabinets PGND cables for the cabinet doors 6. 6-15 .

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR Power 13 11 9.10 distribution box 12 GTCS 7 8 18 19 20 21 GTCS 15 16 MONITOR 11 6 5 GEPS 7 8 GEPS 15 14 10 9 22 7 MONITOR 17 14 6 5 GMPS 13 GMPS 8 21 20 4 3 2 1 MONITOR 17 16 12 19 18 Rear view Front view NOTE l l Figure 6-9 takes the configuration of one GMPS. one GEPS. and one GTCS as an example. The types of interface boards. The actual types of interface boards. 6-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . installation positions of cables. Table 6-8 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR. installation positions of cables. Ltd. and number of cables shown in Figure 6-9 are examples. and number of cables depend on the site plan.

Generally. only one port is used to connect to the BITS clock. 3 SMB male connector/CLKIN1 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 of the GMPS Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port 4 SMB male connector/CLKIN0 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 of the GMPS Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port 5 RJ45/CLKOUT port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 or 13 of the GMPS RJ45/CLKOUT port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 12 or 13 of the GMPS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GMPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/CLKIN port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GEPS - 6 7 - Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 6-17 .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR SN Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 SMB male connector/CLKIN1 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 13 of the GMPS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port Remarks 1 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port 75-ohm coaxial clock cable (or 120ohm clock conversion cable) connecting the GGCU to the BITS clock port Y-shaped clock cable connecting the GGCU to the GSCU Y-shaped clock cable connecting the GGCU to the GSCU Inter-GTNU cable 2 SMB male connector/CLKIN0 port on the GGCU that is installed in slot 13 of the GMPS Connector attached to the BITS clock/ BITS clock port Figure 6-9 shows the clock cables that are connected to the CLKIN1 and CLKIN0 ports.

Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . or other NEs RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GEPS - 13 - 14 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable - 15 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 16 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 6-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description SN Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GMPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 of the GEPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 15 of the GEPS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 or 15 of the GEPS DB15/port connecting the PDB to a service subrack LC optical port/slot 27 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GEPS DDF or other NEs Remarks 8 Inter-GTNU cable 9 E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs PDB monitoring signal cable Optical cable - 10 DDF or other NEs 11 DDF or other NEs - 12 DB15/MONITOR port on the lowest subrack OIUa in the GTCS. or ODF..

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) SN Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T10 port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T10 port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GMPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GMPS RJ45/GOMU Ethernet port Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GEPS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000 BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS RJ45/Ethernet port on the M2000 (LAN) Remarks 17 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 18 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable - 19 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 20 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable - 21 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable - 22 Ethernet cable between the GOMU and the M2000 (LAN) ETH0/ETH1 port on the GOMU. Ltd.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B) The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications. 6-19 . connecting to the M2000 (LAN) 6. Table 6-9 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.

Ltd.6 GBCR (Configuration Type B) HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR Specification Cabinet standard Dimensions Height of the available space Weight Load-bearing capacity of the equipment room Value IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard 2. Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR Specification Rated input voltage Input voltage Value -48 V -40 V to -57 V 6-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth) 46 U Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg. fully configured cabinet ≤ 300 kg ≥ 450 kg/m2 Table 6-10 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..

. Ltd. 7. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7-1 . PGND cables.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications. depending on traffic volume.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet 7 About This Chapter GBSR Cabinet The GBSR processes the services of the BSC.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables. 7. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured. and signal cables. 7.1 Components of the GBSR This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.

Ltd. 7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Outer Components of the GBSR Figure 7-1 shows the outer components of the GBSR. subracks.1 Components of the GBSR This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR. side doors. air defence subracks. The inner components of the GBSR consist of the power distribution box. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . and rear door.. and rear cable troughs.7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7. The outer components of the GBSR consist of the rack. front door.

7-3 . Ltd..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR 2 1 3 3 2 (1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR 4 1 4 5 2 3 6 2 3 6 2 6 Front view Rear view (1) Filler panel (4) Power distribution box (2) Subrack (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (3) Air defence subrack (6) Rear cable trough Table 7-1 describes the inner components of the GBSR.7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Inner Components of the GBSR Figure 7-2 shows the inner components of the GBSR.. 7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

If the GBCR is in configuration type B. 7-5 . This ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge. one BSC common power distribution box or one BSC highpower distribution box is configured. and PDB monitoring signal cable. l Rear cable trough Each subrack should be configured with one rear cable trough. 7. active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables.. l Refer to. and signal cables. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. inter-GTNU cable. PGND cables. One to three GEPSs (GTCSs) are configured. When the cabinet is configured with three subracks. optical cable.. Rear Cable Trough NOTE l l If the GBCR is in configuration type A. Ltd.2. two air defence subracks should be configured. 7. 7. one air defence subrack should be configured. Y-shaped clock cable. 7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. straight-through cable. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way. BSC Common Power Distribution Box and BSC High-Power Distribution Box Subrack Air defence subrack BSC Subracks Air Defence Subrack When the cabinet is configured with two subracks..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR Component Power distribution box Description Based on the power consumption of the GBSR.2. the GBSR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box.

. Table 7-2 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7.2. Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1) Distribution of power switches SW1、SW4 Subrack-2 SW2、SW5 Subrack-1 SW3、SW6 Subrack-0 Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1) Component Subrack 2 Subrack 1 Subrack 0 Power Switch SW1 and SW4 SW2 and SW5 SW3 and SW6 7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way. Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power Distribution Box) Figure 7-3 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution box and the components in the GBSR.

This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR.. 7-7 .2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (High-Power Distribution Box) Figure 7-4 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power distribution box and the components in the GBSR.2. Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2) Distribution of power switches A8、B8 Subrack-2 A9、B9 Subrack-1 A10、B10 Subrack-0 Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2) Component Subrack 2 Subrack 1 Subrack 0 Power Switch A8 and B8 A9 and B9 A10 and B10 7. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 7-3 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components.

. Ltd.7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution Box Configured) Figure 7-5 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR. 7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 5.1 2.1 1.1 4.1 4.2 2.2 9 Subrack 16 Subrack 11 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3..2 5.1 2.1 6.1 5.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 10 6.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 4.2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view Vx: -48Vx Rx: RTN PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 5.1 3. Ltd.2 6.2 4.2 7 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Subrack 14 Subrack 13 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 1.2 8 Subrack 15 Subrack 12 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 2.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1) PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box V V V V V V R R R R R R 2 2 2 1 1 1 1.1 3.2 3.1 6.1 1. 7-9 .

2. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .1 and 5.1 and 1. 7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 and 3. 5.7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 7-4 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR. 14. and 15 16-23 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks PGND cables for the cabinet busbar PGND cable for the power distribution box PGND cables for the BSC subracks Inter-cabinet PGND cables PGND cables for the cabinet doors Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box Configured) Figure 7-6 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR. 3.2. 2. 6. 4.2.2 7 and 8 9 10. 11. Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1) Number 1. and 12 13. Ltd.1 and 2..1 and 6.2.2.1 and 4.

1 2. 7-11 .1 2.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 5.1 1.2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Rear view Vx: -48Vx Rx: RTN PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet Front view Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 5.1 1.2 8 Subrack 15 Subrack 12 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 2.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2) PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box V V V V V V R R R R R R 2 2 2 1 1 1 1.1 4.1 6. Ltd.2 7 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Subrack 14 Subrack 13 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 1.2 2.1 5.1 6.2 9 Subrack 16 Subrack 11 DC input1 NEG(-) RTN(+) 3.1 3.1 4.2 3.1 5.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 4.1 3.2 6..2 4.2 MONITOR DC input2 NEG(-) RTN(+) 10 6.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR. inter-GTNU cable. and 16. 7 and 8. and 19 20. 5 and 6.7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 7-5 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR. 7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 17.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. and 22 23-30 Description Power cables for the BSC subracks PGND cable connecting the PDB and the busbar PGND cables connecting the busbars of different subracks PGND cables connecting the busbars of different cabinets PGND cables for the cabinet doors 7. 15.. active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.2. Y-shaped clock cable. and PDB monitoring signal cable. 3 and 4. Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2) SN 1 and 2. 21. straight-through cable. 18. optical cable. 9 and 10. 11 and 12 13 14. Ltd.

In Figure 7-7. The connections of signals cables for more than three GTCSs are the same. l l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR Power distribution box 16 4 9 8 5 13 14.15 Power distribution box 1 13 GTCS 11 12 GTCS 2 7 6 3 MONITOR 15 14 GTCS 10 12 GTCS 6 7 8 9 MONITOR GTCS 10 16 11 GTCS MONITOR 1 2 3 4 5 Rear view Front view NOTE l Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in a GBSR that is configured with three GTCSs. 7-13 . the lowest GTCS serves as the main subrack and the GSCUs in the subracks are connected in the form of star topology. and number of cables shown in Figure 7-7 are examples. another cabinet is required. In practice.. installation positions of cables. The types of interface boards. If the number of GTCSs to be configured is greater than three. any GTCS can be used as the main subrack. and number of cables depend on the site plan. The actual types of interface boards. installation positions of cables.

7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 7-6 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR SN 1 2 Description PDB monitoring signal cable Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 DB15/port connecting the PDB to a service subrack RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the main GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the main GTCS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 DB15/MONITOR port on the lowest subrack RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 6 of the GTCS RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is installed in slot 7 of the GTCS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS 3 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 4 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 5 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 6 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 7 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 8 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 9 Inter-GSCU Ethernet cable 10 Inter-GTNU cable 7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

cabinet in full configuration ≤ 300 kg ≥ 450 kg/m2 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet SN 11 Description Inter-GTNU cable Connector Type/ Installation Position 1 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS DB44/E1/T1 port on the EIUa/PEUa that is installed in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS LC optical port/RX/TX port on the OIUa that is installed in slot 27 of the GTCS Connector Type/ Installation Position 2 DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS DB14/TDM port on the GTNU that is installed in slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS DDF or other NEs 12 Inter-GTNU cable 13 E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs E1/T1 cable connecting the EIUa/PEUa to the DDF or other NEs Optical cable 14 DDF or other NEs 15 DDF or other NEs 16 OIUa of the GMPS/GEPS or ODF 7.200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth) 46 U Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg. Table 7-7 describes the structural specifications of the GBSR.. Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR Specification Cabinet standard Dimensions Height available Weight Load-bearing capacity of the equipment room Value IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard 2. Ltd.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical specifications. 7-15 .

7 GBSR Cabinet HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 7-8 describes the electrical specifications of the GBSR. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR Specification Rated input voltage Input voltage Value -48 V -40 V to -57 V 7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

Ltd. and power consumption of the fully configured subrack. and backplane. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into an independent unit. 8. slots. 8.. and GTCS. The BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.2 BSC Fan Box The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC.1 Components of the BSC Subrack This describes the components of the BSC subrack. weight of the subrack. 8-1 . GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS). 8. This describes the recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and combination modes. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used to define the numbering of the BSC subrack. height of the available space. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing subrack (GMPS). Each subrack must be configured with one fan box. 8. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks 8 About This Chapter BSC Subracks This describes BSC subracks. front cable trough. 8.3 BSC Slots This describes the BSC slots. and GSM transcoder subrack (GTCS). GEPS. 8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack.

The BSC subrack is 19 inches wide and 12 U high. and backplane. Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the BSC subrack. front cable trough. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. slots.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8..1 Components of the BSC Subrack This describes the components of the BSC subrack. Structure of the BSC Subrack The BSC subrack is designed in compliance with IEC60297 standards. 8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd. 8-3 .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack Front view Rear view (1) Fan box (4) Front cable trough (2) Hanger (5) Board (3) Guide rail (6) Grounding screw Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

LEDs.2. 8. Each subrack must be configured with one fan box.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)or8. excessive heat may lead to faults in the boards. refer to 8. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . LEDs. 8.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB) This describes the appearance. 8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The backplane is used to connect the boards in the same subrack.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description (7) Port for DC power input (8) Input port for the monitoring signals of the power (9) Cover of the DIP switch distribution box Components Table 8-1 lists the components of the BSC subrack. 8.2. Ltd. Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack Component Fan box Description For details. The front cable trough is used to route the front cables of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.2 BSC Fan Box The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. and technical specifications of the fan box that is configured with the PFCU. For details.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack. ensure that the operation lasts for less than three minutes. and technical specifications of the fan box that is configured with the PFCB. refer to 8.3 BSC Slots..2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB). Slots in the subrack Front cable trough Backplane NOTE For details on the settings of the DIP switches of the subrack.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU) This describes the appearance. CAUTION If you reassemble the fan box when the system is running. If your operation exceeds three minutes. refer to 8.2.

It provides power supply for nine fans. LEDs. and ensures normal operation of the fans. Figure 8-2 shows the fan box. The PFCU is the fan control unit. LED. and handle.. Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU) (1) PFPU (4) LED (2) Fan (5) Screw (3) PFCU (6) Handle NOTE l l The PFPU is inserted in the rear part of the fan box. boards.28 PFCU.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU) This describes the appearance. LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU) The fan box uses a bi-color LED. . Appearance of the Fan Box(Configuration PFCU) The fan box consists of the fans. Table 8-2 describes the LED on the fan box. keeps the voltage stable through a stabilizing tube. Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU) Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s Meaning The fan box works normally (the fan box is registered). and technical specifications of the fan box that is configured with the PFCU. refer to 9.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks 8. Ltd.2. 8-5 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details on the PFCU.

Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure.25s Meaning The fan box works normally (the fan box is not registered). Communication failure.25s and off for 0. voltage.45 mm) -60 V DC to -42 V DC 150 W -5°C to +55°C 8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5U (1 U = 44. Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box. temperature.25s and off for 0. Fan stops running or its speed is too low. Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU) Specification Height Input voltage Maximum power Temperature Value 1. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure.. l l NOTE The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally.25s The fan box is not registered and has one of the following problems: l One-way power supply to the subrack. l l l On for 0. Fan stops running or its speed is too low.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Color Status On for 0. maximum power. The fan box is not registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally. Ltd. The fan box is registered and has one of the following problems: l Red On for 1s and off for 1s One-way power supply to the subrack. Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU) The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height. and fan speed.

when a subrack is reset. and handle. and technical specifications of the fan box that is configured with the PFCB. NOTE When the BSC is powered on. Appearance of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB) The fan box consists of the fans. Figure 8-3 shows the fan box.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB) This describes the appearance. LEDs.2. Ltd. the fans in all the subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. 8. or when the BSC is upgraded.. LED.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks Specification Fan speed Value The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 50% to 100%. Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB) 5 4 2 3 4 (1) PFCB (4) Screw (2) Fan 1 5 (3) LED (5) Handle Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 8-7 . boards. These are normal symptoms during the BSC startup.

25s and off for 0. Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure. Ltd. l l l NOTE The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally.25s The fan box is not registered and has one of the following problems: l One-way power supply to the subrack. The fan box is not registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.. For details on the PFCB. Table 8-4 describes the LED on the fan box.8 BSC Subracks NOTE HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description l The PFCB is the fan control board. Communication failure. 8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The fan box is registered and has one of the following problems: l On for 0. Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB) Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s Meaning The fan box is supplied with power in two ways without any fault (and is registered). LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB) The fan box uses a bi-color LED. Fan stops running or its speed is too low. Fan stops running or its speed is too low. Failure in speed regulation of fan box alarm. refer to 9. The fan box is supplied with power in two ways without any fault (not registered). Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .25s Red On for 1s and off for 1s One-way power supply to the subrack. Fan box in an excessively high temperature or temperature sensor failure.25s and off for 0. Failure in speed regulation of fan box alarm. l l l l On for 0.29 PFCB.

maximum power. the fans in all the subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal symptoms during the BSC startup.. The BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane. Figure 8-4 shows the physical structure of the BSC subrack. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box. when a subrack is reset. voltage.5 U (1 U = 44. or when the BSC is upgraded.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB) The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height.45 mm) -40V DC to -57V DC 150 W -5°C to +55°C The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 55% to 100%. Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB) Specification Height Input voltage Maximum power Temperature Fan speed Value 1. temperature. and fan speed. 8-9 . 8. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack.3 BSC Slots This describes the BSC slots. NOTE When the BSC is powered on. The cubes shown in the figure indicate boards.

The slots in the front subrack are numbered from 00 to 13 and the slots in the rear subrack are numbered from 14 to 27. In principle. slot 02 and slot 03. The front subrack holds service boards and the rear subrack holds interface boards. for example. Appearance Figure 8-5 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack. slot 00 and slot 01. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used to define the numbering of the BSC subrack. each slot holds one board. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. Two neighboring even and odd slots. work in active/standby mode. Slots 20 and 21 hold one GOMU.. and slots 22 and 23 hold one GOMU. Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack ON 1 8 8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack 14 3 20 27 2 1 00 06 13 (1) Front board (2) Backplane (3) Rear board NOTE l The backplane separates the BSC subrack into a front subrack and a rear subrack. but there are exceptions. Ltd. The boards working in active/standby mode occupy the active and standby slots. l 8.

3. Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. the bit should be set to 1 (OFF). 8-11 . undefined. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks Meaning of the DIP Bits The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. 2. If the number of 1s is odd. the GSCU is set to Not Start Automatically. Set DIP bit 7 to 0. l l If the number of 1s is even. when the GSCU is started. If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF). When the GSCU is started. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or the GTCS. set DIP bit 6 to 0. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is invalid. the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd number. Table 8-6 provides the definitions of the bits. refer to Table 8-7. generally set to 0 (ON) l l For the GMPS. The definitions of this bit are as follows: l If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON). set DIP bit 6 to 1. the GSCU loads data from the Flash. For the setting of the DIP switches in this case. Ltd. If the Flash file is valid. ON represents digit 0 and OFF represents digit 1. The setting should adhere to the following principles: 1. Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. Count the number of 1s that have been set. l Setting Scheme As the DIP switches use odd parity check. the GSCU loads data from the GOMU. the GSCU is set to Start Automatically. For the GEPS and GTCS. it loads data from the GOMU. Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits DIP Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (the most significant bit) Meaning Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Odd parity check bit Reserved. In other words. the bit should be set to 0 (ON). Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.

This describes the recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and combination modes.5. performs operation and maintenance. The GTCS performs transcoding. and provides clock signals for the system. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS. 8. The configuration of the boards in the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks. 8. The BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. performs operation and maintenance. 8. 8. rate adaptation.5. and 8-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Configuration of the GTCS In BM/TC separated configuration mode. The BSC can be configured with zero to three GEPSs.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches Subr ack No.3 Configuration of the GEPS The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS.. GEPS. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .5. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks. and GTCS. and provides clock signals for the system.5. The GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B) The GMPS is configured in the GBCR.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A) The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS.5. Ltd. 0 DIP Bit 1 0 (ON) 1 1 (OFF) 2 0 (ON) 3 1 (OFF) 2 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 1 (OFF) 1 (OFF) 3 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 4 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 5 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 6 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 1 (OFF) 7 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 8 1 (OFF) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 8. The GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC. 8. performs operation and maintenance. and sub-multiplexing.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A) The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR.

and GXPUM.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks provides clock signals for the system. GXPUM. BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU) In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode. 8-13 . Figure 8-6 shows the fully configured GMPS. and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB. and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. and GEPUG/GFGUG. GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/ GOGUB. Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1) 14 G E P U G 15 G E P U G 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27 Rear boards Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 10 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 BM/TC Separated (External PCU) In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode. Ltd. GGCU. GDPUP. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks. Figure 8-7 shows the fully configured GMPS. GSCU. GXPUT. GSCU.. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU. GEIUP/GOIUP. The GDPUX. GGCU. The GXPUT.

GSCU. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . GDPUX. GEIUA/GOIUA. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU. and GEPUG/GFGUG. GEIUB/ GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB. The GXPUT. Figure 8-9 shows the fully configured GMPS. GGCU. GDPUP. GSCU. GGCU. Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3) 14 G E P U G 15 G E P U G 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U A 19 G E I U A 20 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G E I U B 27 G E I U B Rear boards Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 BM/TC Combined (External PCU) In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode. Figure 8-8 shows the fully configured GMPS. GXPUM. and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. and GDPUX. Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4) 14 G E I U A 15 G E I U A 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U P 19 G E I U P 20 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27 Rear boards Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 02 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U X 08 G D P U X 09 10 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 8-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. GEIUA/GOIUA. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU. Ltd.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU) In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode. and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. The GXPUT. GXPUM.

GGCU.. 8-15 . GEPUG/GFGUG. GXPUM. Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5) 14 G E P U G 15 G E P U G 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 21 22 23 24 G E H U B 25 G E H U B 26 27 Rear boards Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 A over IP (External PCU) In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode. GDPUX. Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6) 14 G E I U P 15 G E I U P 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27 Rear boards Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 08 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. GDPUP. and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. The GXPUT. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU. The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. GDPUX. Figure 8-11 shows the fully configured GMPS. GGCU. the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks A over IP (Built-In PCU) In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode. GEIUB/GOIUB/ GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB. Figure 8-10 shows the fully configured GMPS. and GFGUA/GOGUA. GSCU. GSCU. GXPUM. and GFGUA/GOGUA.

a pair of GXPUTs must be configured in the GMPS. The GDPUX must be configured in any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode. GGCU. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks. GTNU. where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is configured. BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU) In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode. the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU. l l For details on the boards in the GMPS. 8. and Pb interfaces support E1/T1. The Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1) 14 G E Rear boards P U G Backplane G X Front boards P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 10 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 15 G E P U G 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27 8-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. in BM/TC separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured.5. and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. Figure 8-12 shows the fully configured GMPS. GSCU. and provides clock signals for the system. When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256. or in A over IP configuration mode. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B) The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. The GDPUX. Ater.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description CAUTION l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. and GEPUG/GFGUG. Abis. The GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC. GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB. performs operation and maintenance. refer to 9 BSC Boards. GXPUT. The A. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. FE/GE. Ltd. and STM-1 transmissions.. The previous figures take E1/T1 transmission as examples. GXPUM. GDPUP.

GXPUM. GEIUP/GOIUP. Ltd. GSCU. GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB. GDPUP. the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU. GEIUA/GOIUA. GDPUX. GSCU. and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. 8-17 .. GGCU. and GXPUM. Figure 8-13 shows the fully configured GMPS. The GXPUT. The GXPUT.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks BM/TC Separated (External PCU) In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode. Figure 8-14 shows the fully configured GMPS. Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3) 14 G E P U G 15 G E P U G 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U A 19 G E I U A 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G E I U B 27 G E I U B Rear boards Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 Front boards Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GGCU. the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU. and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2) 14 G E Rear boards I U P Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 08 09 10 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 15 G E I U P 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G E I U B 27 G E I U B BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU) In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode. and GEPUG/GFGUG. GTNU. GTNU.

GTNU. and GFGUA/GOGUA. and GDPUX. GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB. GXPUM. GGCU. GSCU. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4) 14 G E I Rear boards U A Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 02 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U X 08 G D P U X 09 10 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 15 G E I U A 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U P 19 G E I U P 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27 A over IP (Built-In PCU) In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode. GTNU. GEIUA/GOIUA. the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU. GSCU. GDPUX. and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. Figure 8-15 shows the fully configured GMPS. the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU. Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5) 14 G E P Rear boards U G Backplane G X P Front boards U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 15 G E P U G 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E H U B 25 G E H U B 26 27 8-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 8-16 shows the fully configured GMPS.. GGCU. The GXPUT. GDPUP. GEPUG/GFGUG. Ltd. GXPUM.8 BSC Subracks HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description BM/TC Combined (External PCU) In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/ GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. Figure 8-17 shows the fully configured GMPS. Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)
14 G E Rear boards I U P Backplane G X Front boards P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 08 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G G C U 12 G G C U 13 15 G E I U P 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G O M U 21 22 23 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 27

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over IP configuration mode. When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be configured in the GMPS. The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1 transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is configured.

l

l

For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS
The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-19

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT, GEIUB/ GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. Figure 8-18 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1)
14 15 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G E I U B 21 G E I U B 22 G E I U B 23 G E I U B 24 25 26 27

Rear boards

Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U P 10 11 12 13

Front boards

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)
In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. Figure 8-19 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2)
14 G E I U P 15 G E I U P 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G E I U B 21 G E I U B 22 G E I U B 23 G E I U B 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G E I U B 27 G E I U B

Rear boards

Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 08 09 10 11 12 13

Front boards

8-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT, GEIUA/ GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. Figure 8-20 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)
14 G E I U A 15 G E I U A 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U A 19 G E I U A 20 G E I U B 21 G E I U B 22 G E I U B 23 G E I U B 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G D P U X 27 G D P U X

Rear boards

Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U P 10 G D P U X 11 G D P U X 12 G D P U X 13

Front boards

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)
In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/ GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. Figure 8-21 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)
14 G Rear boards E I U A Backplane G X Front boards P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U X 08 G D P U X 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 12 13 15 G E I U A 16 G E I U A 17 G E I U A 18 G E I U A 19 G E I U A 20 G E I U P 21 G E I U P 22 G E I U B 23 G E I U B 24 G E I U B 25 G E I U B 26 G E I U A 27 G E I U A

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-21

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

A over IP (Built-In PCU)
In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards. Figure 8-22 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)
14 15 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G E I U B 21 G E I U B 22 G E H U B 23 G E H U B 24 25 26 27

Rear boards

Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U P 08 G D P U P 09 G D P U P 10 G D P U X 11 G D P U X 12 G D P U X 13

Front boards

A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/ GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards. Figure 8-23 shows the fully configured GEPS. Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)
14 G E I U P 15 G E I U P 16 G F G U A 17 G F G U A 18 G E I U B 19 G E I U B 20 G E I U B 21 G E I U B 22 G E I U B 23 G E I U B 24 25 26 27

Rear boards

Backplane G X P U M 00 G X P U M 01 G X P U T 02 G X P U T 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U X 08 G D P U X 09 G D P U X 10 11 12 13

Front boards

8-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over IP configuration mode. When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be configured in the GEPS. The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1 transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is configured.

l

l

For details on the boards in the GEPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS
In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate adaptation, and sub-multiplexing. The GTCS must be configured with the GSCU and GTNU. The GDPUX, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards. When the E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of 4,800 speech paths. Figure 8-24 shows the fully configured GTCS. Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)
14 G E I U T 15 G E I U T 16 G E I U T 17 G E I U T 18 G E I U A 19 G E I U A 20 G E I U A 21 G E I U A 22 G E I U A 23 G E I U A 24 G E I U A 25 G E I U A 26 G E I U A 27 G E I U A

Rear boards

Backplane G T N U 00 01 02 03 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 08 G D P U X 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G D P U X 12 G D P U X 13

Front boards

When the STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of 9,600 speech paths. Figure 8-25 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8-23

8 BSC Subracks

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)
14 G O I U T 15 G O I U T 16 G O I U T 17 G O I U T 18 G O I U A 19 G O I U A 20 G O I U A 21 G O I U A 22 G O I U A 23 G O I U A 24 G O I U A 25 G O I U A 26 G O I U A 27 G O I U A

Rear boards

Backplane G D P U X 00 G D P U X 01 G D P U X 02 G D P U X 03 G T N U 04 G T N U 05 G S C U 06 G S C U 07 G D P U X 08 G D P U X 09 G D P U X 10 G D P U X 11 G D P U X 12 G D P U X 13

Front boards

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GTCS can be configured with the GDPUX, GDPUC, or both GDPUX and GDPUC.

For details on the boards in the GTCS, refer to BSC Boards.

8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack
The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.

Technical Specifications of the GMPS
Table 8-8 lists the technical specifications of the GMPS. Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS Specification Dimensions Height of the available space in the subrack Weight Power consumption of the fully configured subrack Value 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth) 12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inch) Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with boards: ≤ 57 kg 780 W

8-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Ltd.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth) 12 U (1 U = 44. Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS Specification Dimensions Height of the available space in the subrack Weight Power consumption of the fully configured subrack Value 530.45 mm = 1.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks Technical Specifications of the GEPS Table 8-9 lists the technical specifications of the GEPS.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth) 12 U (1 U = 44. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.75 inches) Empty subrack: 25 kg.45 mm = 1. 8-25 . subrack configured with boards: ≤ 57 kg 600 W Technical Specifications of the GTCS Table 8-10 lists the technical specifications of the GTCS. subrack configured with boards: ≤ 57 kg When E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface. When STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface. the maximum power consumption is 700 W.75 inches) Empty subrack: 25 kg.. the maximum power consumption is 970 W. Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS Specification Dimensions Height of the available space Weight Power consumption of the fully configured subrack Value 530.

.

Ltd.. Table 9-1 lists the boards in the BSC. Full Spelling of Logical Board GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit GSM General Clock Unit GSM Switching and Control Unit GSM TDM switching Network Unit GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aBis GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for Pb GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aTer GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for A GSM Optic Interface Unit for aBis Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9 About This Chapter This describes the boards in the BSC. Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC Physical Board OMUb GCUa SCUa TNUa XPUa Logical Board GOMU GGCU GSCU GTNU GXPUM GXPUT GXPUI EIUa GEIUB GEIUP GEIUT GEIUA OIUa GOIUB BSC Boards The logical boards are formed by loading different software to the physical boards. 9-1 .

The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/ standby mode. It can be installed in slots 18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .1 GEIUA The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. Ltd. 9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Physical Board Logical Board GOIUP GOIUT GOIUA Full Spelling of Logical Board GSM Optic Interface Unit for Pb GSM Optic Interface Unit for aTer GSM Optic Interface Unit for A GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for A GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for aBis GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for Gb GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for A GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for aBis GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for aBis GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for Gb GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible service GSM Data Processing Unit for PS service GSM Data Processing Unit for CS service Fan Power Unit Fan Control Unit Fan Control Board Distribution Monitor and Communication board Overvoltage Protection Board FG2a GFGUA GFGUB GFGUG GOUa GOGUA GOGUB PEUa GEHUB GEPUG DPUc DPUd DPUa - GDPUX GDPUP GDPUC PFPU PFCU PFCB MDMC WOPB 9. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS.2 GEIUB The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface..

9.12 GTNU The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13 in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode. It can be installed in slots 16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. It can be installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. It can be installed in slots 18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. Ltd.7 GOIUB The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface.6 GOIUA The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. 9-3 .13 GXPUM The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. 9.8 GOIUP The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. 9.14 GXPUT The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. 9. It serves as the server in the BSC and works in active/standby mode. 9. 9.. 9. 9. The GEIUT can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25 and 27 in the GMPS. When the number of TRXs to be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS.9 GOIUT The GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. 9. It can be installed in slots 16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS.3 GEIUP The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. It is installed in slots 4-5 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.4 GEIUT The GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface.15 GXPUI Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. 9.11 GSCU The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. The GOIUT can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.5 GGCU The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC.10 GOMU This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). 9. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/ GEPS/GTCS.

20 GOGUB The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. and 14-27 in the GEPS. the GOGUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and implements the IBCA algorithm. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently. and slots 0-3.26 MDMC 9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.18 GFGUG The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently.23 GDPUC The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. 9. 8-13 in the GTCS. 9. When the BSC need not process packet services. When the BSC need not process packet services.. It can be installed in slots 8-11 in the GMPS. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. Ltd.17 GFGUB The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently. When STM-1 interface boards are installed in the GTCS. 9. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently. 9. the GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15.16 GFGUA The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface.22 GEPUG The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. slots 0-3.21 GEHUB The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. When E1/T1 interface boards are installed in the GTCS. the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. the GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. 9. It can be installed in slots 8-13 in the GMPS/GEPS.24 GDPUX The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. 8-13. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently.19 GOGUA The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. 9. When the BSC need not process packet services. 9. 9. If the BSC need not process packet services. 9. the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. If the BSC need not process packet services. the GOGUA can also be installed in slots 14-15. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently. 9. 9. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does not work in active/standby mode.25 GDPUP The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services.

Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB. Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. 9.27 PAMU The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution box. 9.28 PFCU The PFCU is the fan control unit.30 WOPB The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Each power distribution box should be configured with one PAMU. It is installed in the front of a fan box. 9-5 . 9. It is placed in the power distribution box. 9. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each fan box must be configured with one PFCU. Each fan box must be configured with one PFCB.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power distribution box. It is installed in the front of a fan box.29 PFCB The PFCB is the fan control board.

These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. After being loaded with different software. S5. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. GEIUB. the physical boards perform different functions.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.1. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. one 2MO.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. and GEIUT are the same. GEIUP. four ports are labeled E1/T1. Of the seven ports.1. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. and GEIUT are the same.. and GEIUT are the same. ALM.1 GEIUA The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. After being loaded with different software. It can be installed in slots 18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. the physical boards perform different functions.1 Functions of the GEIUA The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface. and one TESTOUT. and ACT. 9. S3.1.1. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. 9. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.544 Mbit/s. one 2M1. and GEIUT are the same. 9.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. 9. GEIUB. the physical boards perform different functions.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. Ltd. and S6. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/ standby mode. GEIUB. 9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. Figure 9-1 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. 9. GEIUP. These boards have the same ports. GEIUP. and GEIUT are the same. GEIUP.) l 9.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1. S4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA.1. 9. GEIUP. GEIUB. GEIUB.1. The GEIUA performs the following functions: l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports. After being loaded with different software.1 Functions of the GEIUA The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN.

. After being loaded with different software.1. . Ltd. There is power input but the board is faulty. and ACT. The board is loading data. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. Table 9-2 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.125s and off for 0. 9-7 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and GEIUT are the same. Table 9-2 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.125s On Meaning The board is working.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel EIUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. ALM. GEIUP. the physical boards perform different functions.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. GEIUB.

These boards have the same ports. By default.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port. the physical boards perform different functions. Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 E1/T1 (16-23) DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 and 2M1 SMB male connector TESTOUT SMB male connector 9-8 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The board works in standby mode. Of the seven ports. four ports are labeled E1/T1. There is an alarm. Ltd. There is no alarm.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. GEIUP. used to export the extracted line clock for system reference You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals.048 MHz clock signals. and GEIUT are the same. one 2MO. GEIUB. The board works in active mode.. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 E1/T1 port. one 2M1. After being loaded with different software. Table 9-3 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. and one TESTOUT.1.048 MHz clock signals are the outputs from this port. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 Output ports for the 2. the 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9.

and S6. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you should remove the sub-board before setting the DIP switches. S5. Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT 1 S6 1 S5 1 S4 1 S3 8 ON OFF 1 S1 8 8 ON OFF 1 ON OFF 8 ON OFF 2 8 ON OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA. Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. GEIUB. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. After being loaded with different software. The front of the sub-board faces and fits into the bottom plate. and GEIUT are the same. 9-9 . S3.1. Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. the physical boards perform different functions. GEIUP.. Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. Therefore. S4.

9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT DIP Swit ch DIP Bit Description Setting for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Value of DIP Bit for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Setting for 120ohm Twisted Pair Cable Value of DIP Bit for 120ohm Twiste d Pair Cable 1 S1 8 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 24-31 Reserved Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 ON 0 OFF 7 ON 0 OFF 1 6 ON 0 OFF 1 5 ON 0 OFF 1 1-4 S3 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S4 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S5 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S6 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 Table 9-5 describes different switches listed in Table 9-4. Ltd.. 9-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits DIP Switch E1/T1 impedance selection switch Description Used to select the logical transmission mode of the board and to notify the software of the current transmission mode Switch used to set the protection Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals: end l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission mode.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. and GEIUT are the same.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode.2. Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches. ALM. NOTE l l l l By default. The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes. GEIUP.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. and ACT. 9. set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS.1 Functions of the GEIUB The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface. GEIUB. four ports are labeled E1/T1.2.2 GEIUB The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software.2. one 2MO.2. The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP switches on the standby EIUa board. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. GEIUB. the physical boards perform different functions. GEIUP. These boards have the same ports.2. 9. 9. After being loaded with different software. and one TESTOUT. the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode. 9. and GEIUT are the same. GEIUP. and GEIUT are the same. Of the seven ports. 9. Ltd. one 2M1. GEIUB. set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end..5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9-11 . 9.

GEIUB. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The physical boards of the GEIUA. GEIUP. S5.2.2. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. 9.1 Functions of the GEIUB The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface. and GEIUT are the same. The GEIUB performs the following functions: l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports. and GEIUT are the same. and S6. GEIUB. After being loaded with different software.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.) l 9.544 Mbit/s. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. GEIUP. S4. Ltd. S3. After being loaded with different software. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. the physical boards perform different functions.. the physical boards perform different functions. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1. 9-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-3 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

and ACT. The board is loading data. 9-13 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 9-6 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.2. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. There is power input but the board is faulty.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. .125s and off for 0.125s On Meaning The board is working. Table 9-6 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel EIUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. After being loaded with different software. GEIUB. ALM. and GEIUT are the same.. the physical boards perform different functions. Ltd. GEIUP.

The board works in active mode. There is an alarm. and one TESTOUT. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 E1/T1 port. Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 E1/T1 (16-23) DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 and 2M1 SMB male connector TESTOUT SMB male connector 9-14 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . After being loaded with different software. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 Output ports for the 2. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. and GEIUT are the same. The board works in standby mode. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.048 MHz clock signals. GEIUP. used to export the extracted line clock for system reference You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals.2. Table 9-7 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. GEIUB. one 2MO.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. Of the seven ports. By default. These boards have the same ports. one 2M1. the 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There is no alarm. Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port. the physical boards perform different functions. Ltd. four ports are labeled E1/T1.048 MHz clock signals are the outputs from this port. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port..

and S6. S4. S3. Ltd. 9-15 . After being loaded with different software. and GEIUT are the same.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.. Therefore. S5. the physical boards perform different functions.2. GEIUB. Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. you should remove the sub-board before setting the DIP switches. Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT 1 S6 1 S5 1 S4 1 S3 8 ON OFF 1 S1 8 8 ON OFF 1 ON OFF 8 ON OFF 2 8 ON OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA. The front of the sub-board faces and fits into the bottom plate. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. GEIUP. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 9-8 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.

9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT DIP Swit ch DIP Bit Description Setting for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Value of DIP Bit for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Setting for 120ohm Twisted Pair Cable Value of DIP Bit for 120ohm Twiste d Pair Cable 1 S1 8 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 24-31 Reserved Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 ON 0 OFF 7 ON 0 OFF 1 6 ON 0 OFF 1 5 ON 0 OFF 1 1-4 S3 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S4 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S5 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S6 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 Table 9-9 describes different switches listed in Table 9-8. Ltd.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 9-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

3. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. 9. 9. GEIUP. Ltd.3. GEIUB. Of the seven ports. and ACT. The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP switches on the standby EIUa board. and GEIUT are the same. 9. GEIUB. 9. After being loaded with different software.3. set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end. NOTE l l l l By default. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. 9. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. and GEIUT are the same. the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.3. GEIUP. and one TESTOUT. GEIUB. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.3 GEIUP The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. one 2M1. Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches. the physical boards perform different functions.1 Functions of the GEIUP The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface. 9-17 . and GEIUT are the same. ALM. set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end. l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. four ports are labeled E1/T1. one 2MO. GEIUP. The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits DIP Switch E1/T1 impedance selection switch Description Used to select the logical transmission mode of the board and to notify the software of the current transmission mode Switch used to set the protection Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals: end l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission mode. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. 9.

S4. The GEIUP performs the following functions: l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports. 9. GEIUP. S5. Ltd. the physical boards perform different functions. GEIUP. 9-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GEIUB. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. GEIUB. and GEIUT are the same.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. and S6.) Processes signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD) protocol l l 9.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.3. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The physical boards of the GEIUA.. S3. After being loaded with different software.544 Mbit/s. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals.1 Functions of the GEIUP The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface. After being loaded with different software. Figure 9-5 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.3. the physical boards perform different functions. and GEIUT are the same. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.

and GEIUT are the same. GEIUP. ALM. Table 9-10 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. 9-19 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. GEIUB.125s On Meaning The board is working. The board is loading data.. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. and ACT. . Table 9-10 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. the physical boards perform different functions.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel EIUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. There is power input but the board is faulty. After being loaded with different software.125s and off for 0. Ltd.3.

.048 MHz clock signals. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 Output ports for the 2. Ltd. The board works in active mode. These boards have the same ports. After being loaded with different software.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. Table 9-11 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. four ports are labeled E1/T1.3. There is an alarm. the physical boards perform different functions. used to export the extracted line clock for system reference You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals. one 2M1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. one 2MO.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. The board works in standby mode. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 E1/T1 port. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. There is no alarm. Of the seven ports. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port. and GEIUT are the same. the 2. Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 E1/T1 (16-23) DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 and 2M1 SMB male connector TESTOUT SMB male connector 9-20 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . GEIUP.048 MHz clock signals are the outputs from this port. and one TESTOUT. By default. Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port. GEIUB.

S5.3. Ltd. S3. 9-21 . GEIUB. Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT 1 S6 1 S5 1 S4 1 S3 8 ON OFF 1 S1 8 8 ON OFF 1 ON OFF 8 ON OFF 2 8 ON OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. S4. After being loaded with different software.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. Table 9-12 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. GEIUP.. The front of the sub-board faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore. the physical boards perform different functions. Figure 9-6 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. you should remove the sub-board before setting the DIP switches. and S6. and GEIUT are the same. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA.

9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT DIP Swit ch DIP Bit Description Setting for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Value of DIP Bit for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Setting for 120ohm Twisted Pair Cable Value of DIP Bit for 120ohm Twiste d Pair Cable 1 S1 8 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 24-31 Reserved Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 ON 0 OFF 7 ON 0 OFF 1 6 ON 0 OFF 1 5 ON 0 OFF 1 1-4 S3 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S4 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S5 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S6 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 Table 9-13 describes different switches listed in Table 9-12. 9-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd..

4 GEIUT The GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. GEIUB.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. After being loaded with different software. 9. and one TESTOUT. After being loaded with different software.4. and GEIUT are the same. Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches. and GEIUT are the same. Of the seven ports. ALM. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. These boards have the same ports. After being loaded with different software. The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP switches on the standby EIUa board. It can be installed in slots 16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end. GEIUB. GEIUP. and ACT.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits DIP Switch E1/T1 impedance selection switch Description Used to select the logical transmission mode of the board and to notify the software of the current transmission mode Switch used to set the protection Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals: end l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission mode..1 Functions of the GEIUT The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface. the physical boards perform different functions. set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end. one 2MO. l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode. the physical boards perform different functions.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.4. one 2M1. Ltd. NOTE l l l l By default. the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode. 9. The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes. GEIUB. 9.4. GEIUP. 9-23 . 9.4. and GEIUT are the same. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. 9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. GEIUP.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the physical boards perform different functions. 9. four ports are labeled E1/T1. The GEIUT can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

9-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After being loaded with different software. S3. and S6. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals. GEIUB. GEIUB.4. After being loaded with different software. S5. the physical boards perform different functions.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1. and GEIUT are the same. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. S4. GEIUP. Ltd. and GEIUT are the same.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The physical boards of the GEIUA. Figure 9-7 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. The GEIUT performs the following functions: l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports.1 Functions of the GEIUT The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. 9. the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1.) Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side l l l 9. GEIUP.4. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.544 Mbit/s.

Table 9-14 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. GEIUB. ALM.4. the physical boards perform different functions. 9-25 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is loading data. GEIUP. There is power input but the board is faulty.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel EIUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9.. and ACT. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. . and GEIUT are the same. Ltd. Table 9-14 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. After being loaded with different software.125s and off for 0.125s On Meaning The board is working.

used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port. The board works in active mode. Table 9-15 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port. and GEIUT are the same. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. four ports are labeled E1/T1.048 MHz clock signals are the outputs from this port. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 Output ports for the 2. Ltd. used to export the extracted line clock for system reference You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals. There is no alarm. Of the seven ports. By default. and one TESTOUT.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. one 2M1. These boards have the same ports. GEIUP. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port.4.048 MHz clock signals. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 E1/T1 port. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. one 2MO.. There is an alarm. The board works in standby mode. the 2. GEIUB. Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 E1/T1 (16-23) DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 and 2M1 SMB male connector TESTOUT SMB male connector 9-26 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software.

Table 9-16 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. GEIUP. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT 1 S6 1 S5 1 S4 1 S3 8 ON OFF 1 S1 8 8 ON OFF 1 ON OFF 8 ON OFF 2 8 ON OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board.4. and GEIUT are the same. Ltd. The front of the sub-board faces and fits into the bottom plate. S3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA. S4. the physical boards perform different functions. you should remove the sub-board before setting the DIP switches. GEIUB. S5. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After being loaded with different software. and S6. Therefore.. 9-27 .

9-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT DIP Swit ch DIP Bit Description Setting for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Value of DIP Bit for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Setting for 120ohm Twisted Pair Cable Value of DIP Bit for 120ohm Twiste d Pair Cable 1 S1 8 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 24-31 Reserved Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 ON 0 OFF 7 ON 0 OFF 1 6 ON 0 OFF 1 5 ON 0 OFF 1 1-4 S3 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S4 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S5 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S6 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 Table 9-17 describes different switches listed in Table 9-16.

one TESTIN. ALM.5.2 GGCU Panel The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports. NOTE l l l l By default. 9.5. The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP switches on the standby EIUa board. and retains the synchronous clock signals. and two CLKIN. generates. the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode. l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports.. of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end. one TESTOUT. 9.5 GGCU The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. 9.1 Functions of the GGCU The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.1 Functions of the GGCU The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN. 9.5. and ACT. two COM.5. The GGCU performs the following functions: l The GGCU traces. 9. Ltd. The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes. 9-29 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.5. 9. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13 in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode. set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits DIP Switch E1/T1 impedance selection switch Description Used to select the logical transmission mode of the board and to notify the software of the current transmission mode Switch used to set the protection Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals: end l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission mode.

and ACT.. 9-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-9 GGCU panel GCUa RUN ALM ACT 0 1 2 3 CLKOUT CLKLIN1CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT 4 5 6 7 8 9 COM1 COM0 PARC 9. 9. Figure 9-9 shows the GGCU panel.9 BSC Boards l HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The standby GGCU traces the clock phase of the active GGCU.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN. Ltd.5. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . ALM. Table 9-18 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel. It also ensures that the clock phase is smooth when an active/standby switchover occurs.2 GGCU Panel The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.

used to provide the 8 kHz clock signals to the CLKIN port on the GSCU panel Reserved Reserved Input port for testing external clock signals Synchronization clock input port. There is power input but the board is faulty. 9-31 .. There is an alarm.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-18 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. There is no alarm. and two CLKIN. Ltd. of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT. 9. one TESTOUT. The board is loading data. The board works in standby mode. Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel Port CLKOUT 0 to CLKOUT 9 Function Synchronization clock output port.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. one TESTIN.5.048 Mbit/s code stream signals Port RJ45 COM0 and COM1 TESTOUT TESTIN CLKLIN0 and CLKLIN1 RJ45 SMB male connector SMB male connector SMB male connector Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board works in active mode. Table 9-19 describes the ports on the GGCU panel.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports. two COM. There is no power input or the board is faulty. used to receive the 2.048 MHz clock signals or 2.125s and off for 0.

5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. 9. 9. These boards have the same ports..6. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155. 9. 9.6. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different software. wavelength.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. After being loaded with different software. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. one port is labeled RX/TX. Of the four ports. The GOIUA. After being loaded with different software. GOIUB. Ltd. GOIUB.1 Functions of the GOIUA The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface. one 2MO.1 Functions of the GOIUA The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface. and one TESTOUT. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. ALM.6. GOIUB.52 Mbit/s l 9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. and receiver sensitivity. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. GOIUP. 9-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It can be installed in slots 18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN.6. The GOIUA performs the following functions: l l Provides one STM-1 port. output power. GOIUB.6.6. 9. transmission rate. Figure 9-10 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. optical port type. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. the physical boards perform different functions. and LOS. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software.6 GOIUA The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. ACT. 9. transmission distance. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards. the physical boards perform different functions.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. one 2M1.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards.

.125s Meaning The board is working. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. The board is loading data.6. Ltd. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel OIUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX LOS PARC 9. After being loaded with different software. ACT. Table 9-20 LEDs on the board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.125s and off for 0. 9-33 . Table 9-20 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. ALM. the physical boards perform different functions. GOIUB. and LOS.

GOIUP. the 2. The board works in standby mode. There is an alarm. By default. There is no power input or the board is faulty. used to export the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals.048 MHz clock signals are generated from this port and taken as the system test clock. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n On Off On Off LOS 9. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different software. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. one 2MO. Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 TESTO UT Function TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port. Table 9-21 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty. Of the four ports. There is no alarm. one 2M1. Ltd. These boards have the same ports. The board works in active mode.048 MHz clock reference. one port is labeled RX/TX.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards.. and one TESTOUT.6. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. The GOIUA. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . GOIUB. Output ports for the 2. Port LC port SMB male connector SMB male connector 9-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

9. and LOS.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.310 nm 155. transmission rate. optical port type. transmission distance.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. The GOIUA. After being loaded with different software.1 Functions of the GOIUB The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface. Ltd. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.7 GOIUB The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards.. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. GOIUB.52 Mbit/s 15 km -8 dBm -15 dBm -31 dBm Multimode LC/PC 1. wavelength. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. GOIUB. GOIUB. 9-35 .7. GOIUP. and receiver sensitivity. ALM.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. 9. ACT. the physical boards perform different functions. output power. the physical boards perform different functions.7. After being loaded with different software. 9.7. Table 9-22 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT. 9. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.52 Mbit/s 2 km -14 dBm -19 dBm -30 dBm 9. Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT Specification Optical port mode Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value Single mode LC/PC 1.6.310 nm 155.7.

the physical boards perform different functions.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. Ltd. output power. Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.1 Functions of the GOIUB The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface. one 2M1. optical port type. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. Of the four ports.. one 2MO. 9.7. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 9-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. These boards have the same ports.7. transmission distance. and receiver sensitivity.52 Mbit/s l 9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. Figure 9-11 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. one port is labeled RX/TX. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description software. The GOIUB performs the following functions: l l Provides one STM-1 port. wavelength. transmission rate. After being loaded with different software.7. and one TESTOUT. 9. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. GOIUB.

Ltd. 9-37 . After being loaded with different software. ACT. ALM.125s and off for 0. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. GOIUB. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. and LOS.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel OIUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX LOS PARC 9. the physical boards perform different functions.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.7. The board is loading data. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..125s Meaning The board is working. Table 9-23 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. Table 9-23 LEDs on the board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.

7.. There is no alarm. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n On Off On Off LOS 9. and one TESTOUT.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty.048 MHz clock signals are generated from this port and taken as the system test clock. Output ports for the 2. The STM-1 port receives signals properly.048 MHz clock reference. GOIUB. The board works in standby mode. There is no power input or the board is faulty. one port is labeled RX/TX. one 2MO. By default. Ltd. used to export the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals. Of the four ports. the 2. The board works in active mode. Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 TESTO UT Function TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . one 2M1. Port LC port SMB male connector SMB male connector 9-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. GOIUP. The GOIUA.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different software. These boards have the same ports. Table 9-24 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. There is an alarm.

the physical boards perform different functions.310 nm 155.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.52 Mbit/s 2 km -14 dBm -19 dBm -30 dBm 9. After being loaded with different software. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.1 Functions of the GOIUP The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface. Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT Specification Optical port mode Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value Single mode LC/PC 1.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. output power.8. and LOS. Table 9-25 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. the physical boards perform different functions.8.52 Mbit/s 15 km -8 dBm -15 dBm -31 dBm Multimode LC/PC 1. ACT. 9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. ALM. 9-39 . GOIUB. transmission distance. 9. GOIUP.7.310 nm 155.8. 9. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. and receiver sensitivity. GOIUB.8 GOIUP The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. optical port type.. After being loaded with different software. transmission rate.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.8. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. 9. The GOIUA. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. Ltd. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. wavelength. GOIUB.

wavelength. Ltd. 9. optical port type.8. one 2MO..8. Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155. These boards have the same ports. GOIUB. the physical boards perform different functions. and one TESTOUT. and receiver sensitivity. transmission rate.1 Functions of the GOIUP The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.8. 9. output power.52 Mbit/s Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol l l 9. 9-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. transmission distance. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. one port is labeled RX/TX. Of the four ports. After being loaded with different software. Figure 9-12 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. The GOIUP performs the following functions: l l Provides one STM-1 port. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. one 2M1. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description software.

The board is loading data.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.8. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ACT. Table 9-26 LEDs on the board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. and LOS. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. Ltd. Table 9-26 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. After being loaded with different software.125s Meaning The board is working.125s and off for 0.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel OIUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX LOS PARC 9. 9-41 . ALM. GOIUB. the physical boards perform different functions.. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN.

used to export the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals. The GOIUA.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. By default. Of the four ports. The board works in active mode. There is no alarm. one port is labeled RX/TX. GOIUP. The board works in standby mode. Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 TESTO UT Function TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port.8. Port LC port SMB male connector SMB male connector 9-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Output ports for the 2. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different software.. There is an alarm. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly.048 MHz clock signals are generated from this port and taken as the system test clock. one 2M1. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n On Off On Off LOS 9. These boards have the same ports. one 2MO. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. GOIUB. the 2. Ltd. Table 9-27 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.048 MHz clock reference. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . and one TESTOUT.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty.

310 nm 155. the physical boards perform different functions.9. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. transmission rate.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. transmission distance. GOIUB. 9.9 GOIUT The GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. 9.1 Functions of the GOIUT The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards.52 Mbit/s 2 km -14 dBm -19 dBm -30 dBm 9. Ltd.8.9. optical port type.52 Mbit/s 15 km -8 dBm -15 dBm -31 dBm Multimode LC/PC 1. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. GOIUB.9. and LOS.9. ACT. 9. and receiver sensitivity.. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. 9-43 .5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. wavelength. 9. ALM.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. Table 9-28 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.310 nm 155. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. output power. It can be installed in slots 16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. GOIUP. Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT Specification Optical port mode Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value Single mode LC/PC 1. The GOIUA. GOIUB. After being loaded with different software. The GOIUT can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.

5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description software. GOIUB. Ltd. which is used for TDM transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards. After being loaded with different software. 9-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. transmission distance. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. and one TESTOUT.52 Mbit/s Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side l l l 9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface..9. Of the four ports. 9. one port is labeled RX/TX. the physical boards perform different functions. one 2MO. one 2M1. and receiver sensitivity. 9. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. wavelength. optical port type. output power.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155. These boards have the same ports. transmission rate. Figure 9-13 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel. The GOIUT performs the following functions: l l Provides one STM-1 port. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel OIUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX LOS PARC 9. Ltd. the physical boards perform different functions. GOIUB.125s Meaning The board is working. After being loaded with different software. ACT. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. Table 9-29 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.9. Table 9-29 LEDs on the board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. 9-45 . and LOS.. ALM. The board is loading data. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s and off for 0. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.

the 2. Output ports for the 2. one 2M1. The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. GOIUB.9. There is an alarm.. Ltd.048 MHz clock reference. and one TESTOUT. Of the four ports. There is no alarm. one port is labeled RX/TX. These boards have the same ports. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n On Off On Off LOS 9. Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel Port RX TX 2M0 and 2M1 TESTO UT Function TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port. Port LC port SMB male connector SMB male connector 9-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. used to export the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock signals. one 2MO. By default.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The board works in active mode. GOIUP. The board works in standby mode.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty.048 MHz clock signals are generated from this port and taken as the system test clock. and GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different software. The GOIUA. There is no power input or the board is faulty. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Table 9-30 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. It serves as the server in the BSC and works in active/standby mode. transmission rate.52 Mbit/s 15 km -8 dBm -15 dBm -31 dBm Multimode LC/PC 1.52 Mbit/s 2 km -14 dBm -19 dBm -30 dBm 9.10. Table 9-31 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN. one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC. and HD.2 GOMU Panel The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports. Ltd. 9. output power. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data processing capability. ACT. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25 and 27 in the GMPS. ETH1.310 nm 155.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa) The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port mode. and ETH2). optical port type. 9-47 .9.310 nm 155.10. the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and the other boards in the BSC.10. 9. OFFLINE.10. ALM. three GE ports (labeled ETH0. Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT Specification Optical port mode Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value Single mode LC/PC 1. 9. transmission distance.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3). and receiver sensitivity. and one VGA port.1 Functions of the GOMU As the OM center of the BSC.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. wavelength.10 GOMU This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). 9.

and then forwards the commands to the other boards in the BSC for processing Filters the results from the other boards in the BSC. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Figure 9-14 shows the GOMU panel. The GOMU performs the following functions: l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and the other boards in the BSC.10. facilitates the data configuration.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. Figure 9-14 GOMU panel 1 OMUb 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 (1) Screw (2) Wrench (3) Self-locking latch 9-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and the other boards in the BSC.2 GOMU Panel The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.1 Functions of the GOMU As the OM center of the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data processing capability. and collects and filters the performance and alarm data Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000.10. Ltd.. and then returns the results to the LMT computer l l 9.

There is an alarm. disconnect the power. The board works in active mode.125s and off for 0. There is no alarm. ALM.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description (4) RUN LED (7) Reset button (10) ETH0 (Ethernet port) (13) COM port (16) OFFLINE LED (5) ALM LED (8) SHUTDOWN button (11) ETH1 (Ethernet port) (14) VGA port (17) Hard disk (6) ACT LED (9) USB port (12) ETH2 (Ethernet port) (15) HD LED 9 BSC Boards (18) Screw for fixing the hard disk NOTE l l l l l The self-locking latch on the panel is used to fasten the ejector lever of the board. and HD. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The RESET button on the panel is used to reset the system. The board cannot be removed. Table 9-32 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. you should first unfold the upper and lower handles. ACT. There is power input but the board is faulty. The board is loading data.10..3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN. otherwise. Do not perform any operation on the SHUTDOWN button on the GOMU panel. OFFLINE. There is no power input or the board is faulty. 9. To power off the GOMU. the GOMU board may power off abnormally. 9-49 . Ltd. Table 9-32 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel. The board can be removed. The board works in standby mode.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off OFFLINE Blue On Off Meaning The board is working. A COM port is on the panel for conenction to alarm box. After the OFFLINE LED is on.

11.10. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.11.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3).11 GSCU The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. ETH1..2 GSCU Panel The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel 9-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Serial port.125s Meaning The status of the board is switching. Video connector Connector RJ45 DB-9 VGA port - 9. Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel Port USB0-1 and USB2-3 ETH0 to ETH2 COM-ALM/COM-BMC Function It is used to connect the USB equipment.11.125s and off for 0. The hard disk is performing read and write functions. HD Green Blinking Off 9. ALM. one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC.11. Table 9-33 describes the ports on the GOMU panel.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN. 9. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status On for 0. and ETH2). and one VGA port. 9. They are used for system commissioning or general application. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.1 Functions of the GSCU The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/ GEPS/GTCS. 9. These are the GE ports. 9. The hard disk is not performing read and write functions. three GE ports (labeled ETH0. Ltd. and ACT LEDs.

1 Functions of the GSCU The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located. Figure 9-15 shows the GSCU panel. Ltd. The GSCU performs the following functions: l l l Maintains and manages the subrack where the GSCU is located Provides a GE switching platform for the boards located in the subrack Provides clock information for the boards (excluding the GGCU. 9.11. one CLKIN. GXPUT..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports. and one TESTOUT. 9-51 . of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASET. one COM. Figure 9-15 GSCU panel SCUa RUN ALM ACT RESET LINK ACT 0 1 2 3 LINK ACT 10/100/1000BASE-T 4 5 6 7 LINK ACT 8 9 10 11 TESTOUT PARC Issue 01 (2010-01-30) CLKIN COM Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.11.2 GSCU Panel The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports. and GXPUM) in the subrack 9.

3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN. There is no alarm. indicating that the link is disconnected LEDs of the Ethernet ports.125s and off for 0. The board works in active mode.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is power input but the board is faulty. There is an alarm. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.11. There is no power input or the board is faulty.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. The board works in standby mode. indicating that there is no data flow Off ACT Green Blinking Off 9-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is loading data. Table 9-34 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.. indicating that the link is connected LEDs of the Ethernet ports. indicating that there is a data flow LEDs of the Ethernet ports. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . ALM. Table 9-34 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Meaning LEDs of the Ethernet ports. and ACT LEDs. Ltd. Table 9-35 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.

one CLKIN. The GTNU performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.12. 9.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5. Table 9-36 describes the ports on the GSCU panel.) RJ45 Debugging port Clock source port. used to connect to the GBAM (Only the main subrack is connected to the GBAM/ GOMU. 9.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. 9.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN.2 GTNU Panel The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports. used to receive the 8 kHz clock signals from the GGCU panel Clock test signal port. of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASET.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports. 9. used to generate clock signals RJ45 RJ45 SMB male connector 9. used to connect subracks Port RJ45 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports. Ltd. It is installed in slots 4-5 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS..12.1 Functions of the GTNU The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system. and one TESTOUT.12. and ACT.12. 9. 9-53 .1 Functions of the GTNU The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.12 GTNU The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC.12. ALM. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode. Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel Port 10/100/100 0BASE-T0 to 10/100/100 0BASE-T9 10/100/100 0BASET10 to 10/100/100 0BASET11 COM CLKIN TESTOUT Function 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports.11. one COM.

2 GTNU Panel The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports. and sets up and releases network connections 9.12.9 BSC Boards l l HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Provides 128Kx128K TDM switching Allocates TDM network resources. 9-54 TDM5 TDM4 TDM3 TDM2 TDM1 TDM0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-16 GTNU panel TNUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. Figure 9-16 shows the GTNU panel. ALM. Table 9-37 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.12. Ltd. and ACT.

It can be installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board works in standby mode.125s and off for 0.12.1 Functions of the GXPUM The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC. The board is loading data. 9. There is an alarm. There is power input but the board is faulty.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-37 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.13 GXPUM The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel Port TDM0 to TDM5 Function TDM high-speed serial ports.13. Table 9-38 describes the ports on the GTNU panel. It also supports the inter-GTNU connections between GTCSs.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The board works in active mode. 9-55 . 9. used for GTNU interconnections between subracks Port DB14 NOTE The BSC supports the inter-GTNU connections between the GMPS and the GEPS. Ltd. There is no alarm.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5. 9.

ALM. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 9.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC. 9-56 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. The GXPUM performs the following functions: l l l l l l l l l l l Provides paging control Provides System Information management Provides channel assignment Provides BTS public service management Provides voice call control Provides packet service control Provides handover control Provides power control Interfaces with the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) on behalf of the BSC Stores cell broadcast messages Schedules cell broadcast messages. Figure 9-17 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.13.13. which are transmitted on the Cell Broadcast Channels (CBCHs) Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol l 9.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. 9.13. and ACT LEDs. 9.

9-57 . Ltd. The board is loading data.125s On Meaning The board is working.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN. Table 9-39 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.13. There is power input but the board is faulty. and ACT LEDs. ALM.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 9-39 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.125s and off for 0. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel XPUa RUN ALM ACT LINK ACT 0 1 2 3 10/100/1000BASE-T PARC 9.

Ltd.14 GXPUT The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. There is no alarm.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel 9-58 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT LEDs. the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.1 Functions of the GXPUT The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol. 9.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off NOTE The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet ports. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .14.14. 9.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN.14. 9. 9. Table 9-40 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.13.. 9. Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel Port 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3 Function Provides 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports Port RJ45 9.14. When the number of TRXs to be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256. ALM.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3. There is an alarm. The board works in standby mode.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports. The board works in active mode.

2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports. 9.14. The GXPUT performs the following functions: l l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP3 protocol 9. Ltd.14. Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel XPUa RUN ALM ACT LINK ACT 0 1 2 3 10/100/1000BASE-T PARC Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3. 9-59 .. Figure 9-18 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.1 Functions of the GXPUT The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.

Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .14. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. There is an alarm. Table 9-42 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The board works in standby mode.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. 9. There is power input but the board is faulty. NOTE The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet ports. ALM. Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel Port 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3 Function Provides 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports Port RJ45 9-60 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Table 9-41 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. and ACT LEDs. The board is loading data.125s and off for 0.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN.14. The board works in active mode. Table 9-41 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel. There is no alarm.

1 Functions of the GXPUI The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm..HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.15. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9.15. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does not work in active/standby mode.15. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. 9.15 GXPUI The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and implements the IBCA algorithm.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3. 9.15. and ACT LEDs. 9.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports. 9. 9.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports. The GXPUI performs the following functions: l Implements the IBCA algorithm.15. ALM. Figure 9-19 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel. Ltd.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN. 9-61 .

Table 9-43 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN. Table 9-43 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. and ACT LEDs. Ltd.15. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The board is loading data.125s On Meaning The board is working.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel XPUa RUN ALM ACT LINK ACT 0 1 2 3 10/100/1000BASE-T PARC 9.125s and off for 0. 9-62 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. ALM. There is power input but the board is faulty..

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off NOTE The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet ports. After being loaded with different software.16. and GFGUG are the same.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. 9-63 . 9. The board works in active mode.16. If the BSC need not process packet services. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. There is an alarm.15. the GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The board works in standby mode. Table 9-44 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.16. After being loaded with different software.1 Functions of the GFGUA The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface. These boards have the Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. 9.16 GFGUA The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface.. 9. and GFGUG are the same. the physical boards perform different functions. GFGUB. Ltd. There is no alarm. GFGUB. 9. the physical boards perform different functions. Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel Port 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to 10/100/1000BASE-T3 Function Provides 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports Port RJ45 9.

GFGUB. and ACT (for Ethernet port).2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. These boards have the same ports. 9-64 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . two FE/GE. Of the ten ports. After being loaded with different software. and GFGUG are the same. Ltd. Figure 9-20 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel..16. GFGUB. LINK (for Ethernet port). After being loaded with different software.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. ACT. 9. six ports are labeled FE. ALM.16. the physical boards perform different functions. and GFGUG are the same. which are used for IP transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.16. Supports virtual local area network (VLAN) Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link l l 9. The GFGUA performs the following functions: l l l l Provides IP routing Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. the physical boards perform different functions. 9. and one 2M1.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA.1 Functions of the GFGUA The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface. one 2M0.

ACT. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LINK (for Ethernet port). and GFGUG are the same. The board is loading data.125s and off for 0. Ltd.16. 9-65 . the physical boards perform different functions. ALM. and ACT (for Ethernet port).125s Meaning The board is working.. Table 9-45 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. GFGUB. After being loaded with different software.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. Table 9-45 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel FG2a RUN ALM ACT PARC 9.

Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Off ACT Orange Blinking Off Meaning The link is connected. There is no alarm. There is no power input or the board is faulty.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. These boards have the same ports. GFGUB. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Table 9-46 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. The board works in standby mode. one 2M0. Data is being transmitted through the port. Port RJ45 9-66 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. six ports are labeled FE. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 9.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty. two FE/GE. and GFGUG are the same. Table 9-47 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. Ltd. Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel Port FE Function The 10/100 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100 Mbit/s signals. and one 2M1. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. The board works in active mode. There is an alarm. Of the ten ports. No data is being transmitted through the port. The link is disconnected..

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Port FE/GE Function The 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100/1000 Mbit/s signals. 9-67 . GFGUB.1 Functions of the GFGUB The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface. Ltd. the physical boards perform different functions. 9. one 2M0. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. GFGUB. and GFGUG are the same. 9. The four Ethernet ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. After being loaded with different software. After being loaded with different software. Reserved Reserved Port RJ45 2M0 2M1 - NOTE l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups.17. 9. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board cannot be used simultaneously. ALM.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. l 9. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission or FE transmission. and GFGUG are the same. Logically.17. and one 2M1. Of the ten ports. 9. two FE/GE. ACT. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. LINK (for Ethernet port). GFGUB. If the BSC need not process packet services.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA.. the eight Ethernet ports are numbered 0 to 7.17. These boards have the same ports. and GFGUG are the same. 9.1 Functions of the GFGUB The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface. The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports or two GE ports for IP transmission. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. six ports are labeled FE. The GFGUB performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.17 GFGUB The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. the GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. and ACT (for Ethernet port).17.

After being loaded with different software. and GFGUG are the same.9 BSC Boards l l l l HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Provides IP routing Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically. Figure 9-21 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA.17. and GFGUG are the same.17. Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel FG2a RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. These boards have the 9-68 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software.. Ltd. which are used for IP transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards. GFGUB. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M . These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. GFGUB. the physical boards perform different functions. 9.

one 2M0. Ltd. The board works in active mode. two FE/GE. The link is disconnected. Table 9-48 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Of the ten ports. Table 9-49 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.. After being loaded with different software. Data is being transmitted through the port. There is no alarm. The board works in standby mode. There is an alarm. There is power input but the board is faulty. These boards have the same ports.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. 9-69 . 9. ACT. and one 2M1. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the physical boards perform different functions. and GFGUG are the same. Table 9-50 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. The board is loading data. No data is being transmitted through the port. six ports are labeled FE. There is no power input or the board is faulty.125s and off for 0.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. GFGUB. and ACT (for Ethernet port). Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Off ACT Orange Blinking Off Meaning The link is connected.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. LINK (for Ethernet port).17. Table 9-48 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. ALM.

The 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100/1000 Mbit/s signals.18 GFGUG The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. and ACT (for Ethernet port). the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. six ports are labeled FE. and GFGUG are the same. Reserved Reserved Port RJ45 FE/GE RJ45 2M0 2M1 - NOTE l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. the physical boards perform different functions. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission or FE transmission. 9-70 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS.. LINK (for Ethernet port). Logically. 9. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.18. l 9. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board cannot be used simultaneously. Of the ten ports. and one 2M1. 9. After being loaded with different software. The four Ethernet ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. one 2M0.18. GFGUB.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. After being loaded with different software. and GFGUG are the same. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. These boards have the same ports. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently. two FE/GE.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. ACT.18. ALM. GFGUB.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA.1 Functions of the GFGUG The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface. 9. and GFGUG are the same. GFGUB.18. the physical boards perform different functions. 9. the eight Ethernet ports are numbered 0 to 7.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel Port FE Function The 10/100 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100 Mbit/s signals. The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports or two GE ports for IP transmission.

and GFGUG are the same. The GFGUG performs the following functions: l l l l Provides IP routing Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. Figure 9-22 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.1 Functions of the GFGUG The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface. 9. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. which are used for IP transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.18.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.. GFGUB. 9-71 . the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. Ltd.18. Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel FG2a RUN ALM ACT PARC Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

the physical boards perform different functions.. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is power input but the board is faulty. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . LINK (for Ethernet port). After being loaded with different software. The board works in active mode. ALM. Table 9-52 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. The board works in standby mode. 9-72 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. and ACT (for Ethernet port). The board is loading data. There is no alarm. Table 9-51 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 9-51 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. No data is being transmitted through the port.125s and off for 0. Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Off ACT Orange Blinking Off Meaning The link is connected. ACT. The link is disconnected. GFGUB. and GFGUG are the same. Data is being transmitted through the port.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. Ltd. There is an alarm.18.

9-73 . the physical boards perform different functions.18. 9. The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports or two GE ports for IP transmission. Reserved Reserved Port RJ45 FE/GE RJ45 2M0 2M1 - NOTE l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. After being loaded with different software. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission or FE transmission. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100/1000 Mbit/s signals.19 GOGUA The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. and GFGUG are the same. Logically.. Ltd. GFGUB.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board cannot be used simultaneously. and one 2M1. the GOGUA can also be installed in slots 14-15. Of the ten ports. two FE/GE. the eight Ethernet ports are numbered 0 to 7. 9.19. the physical boards perform different functions.1 Functions of the GOGUA The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. l 9. one 2M0.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. When the BSC need not process packet services. The four Ethernet ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3.19. After being loaded with different software. 9.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. six ports are labeled FE. Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel Port FE Function The 10/100 Ethernet ports are used to transmit 10/100 Mbit/s signals. These boards have the same ports.19. Table 9-53 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently.

5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode. After being loaded with different software.19. 9.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. the physical boards perform different functions. and receiver sensitivity. and ACT. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.19. Of the four ports. transmission distance.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. 9. which are used for IP transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards. the physical boards perform different functions. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . transmission rate. Ltd. These boards have the same ports. 9. After being loaded with different software.. wavelength. 9-74 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. two ports are labeled RX/TX. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. ALM. optical port type. one 2MO.19. Figure 9-23 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel. The GOGUA performs the following functions: l l Provides two GE optical ports. and one 2M1.1 Functions of the GOGUA The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.19. Supports virtual local area network (VLAN) Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link l l 9.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. output power.

the physical boards perform different functions.125s and off for 0. After being loaded with different software. Table 9-54 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel. Table 9-54 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.19. The board is loading data. .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel GOUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX RX TX PARC 9. and ACT. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. There is power input but the board is faulty.. 9-75 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s On Meaning The board is working.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. Ltd. ALM.

9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty.19. transmission rate. Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB Specification Optical port mode 9-76 Value Single mode Multimode Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and one 2M1. Ltd. used to receive and transmit optical signals. wavelength. The board works in standby mode. two ports are labeled RX/TX. The board works in active mode. the physical boards perform different functions.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode. There is an alarm. . and receiver sensitivity. After being loaded with different software. TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port. Reserved. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. Of the four ports. output power. Port LC/PC 2M0 2M1 - 9. Reserved. These boards have the same ports. optical port type.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. transmission distance. There is no alarm. one 2MO..19. Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel Port RX TX Function Optical ports. Table 9-56 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB. Table 9-55 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. When the BSC need not process packet services. output power. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently. two ports are labeled RX/TX. 9. 9-77 . Of the four ports. The GOGUB performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the GOGUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. ALM.5 dBm -9. transmission rate.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface. transmission distance. optical port type.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. the physical boards perform different functions.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode. the physical boards perform different functions.20. 9. 9.1 Functions of the GOGUB The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface. After being loaded with different software.20.20. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS.125 Gbit/s 0. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.20 GOGUB The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. 9. Ltd.20. These boards have the same ports.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Specification Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value LC/PC 1. one 2MO. After being loaded with different software. and one 2M1. wavelength. and ACT. and receiver sensitivity..4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. the physical boards perform different functions. 9.25 Gbit/s 10 km -3 dBm -9.20.5 dBm -20 dBm LC/PC 850 nm 2.5 dBm -17 dBm 9. 9.310 nm 1.5 km -2. After being loaded with different software.

2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. 9. Table 9-57 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel. Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel GOUa RUN ALM ACT RX TX RX TX PARC 9. and ACT. the physical boards perform different functions. Figure 9-24 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 . the physical boards perform different functions. which are used for IP transmission Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.20..20. After being loaded with different software.9 BSC Boards l l HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Provides two GE optical ports. Ltd. 9-78 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ALM. After being loaded with different software.

The board works in standby mode. transmission rate. Reserved.125s and off for 0. TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the receiving optical port. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. 9. After being loaded with different software. There is no power input or the board is faulty.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. wavelength. There is no alarm.. The board is loading data. output power.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. 9-79 . two ports are labeled RX/TX. Of the four ports.20. used to receive and transmit optical signals. Ltd. The board works in active mode. Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel Port RX TX Function Optical ports. There is power input but the board is faulty. There is an alarm. and one 2M1.20. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and receiver sensitivity. optical port type. Port LC/PC 2M0 2M1 - 9.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Table 9-57 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 9-58 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode. one 2MO. transmission distance. Reserved.

125 Gbit/s 0. the physical boards perform different functions.25 Gbit/s 10 km -3 dBm -9. When the BSC need not process packet services.5 dBm -20 dBm Multimode LC/PC 850 nm 2. the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. 9-80 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.1 Functions of the GEHUB The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface. the physical boards perform different functions. the physical boards perform different functions.5 dBm -17 dBm 9.. After being loaded with different software. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently.5 km -2. S4. S6. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. After being loaded with different software. These boards have the same ports. Of the six ports. ALM.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. Ltd. S8.310 nm 1.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-59 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB. 9. 9. 9. four ports are labeled E1/T1.21 GEHUB The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. They have the same types of DIP switches: S2.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.21. and ACT. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . After being loaded with different software. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. and S10. one 2MO. and one 2M1.21. 9.21.5 dBm -9. 9.21. Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB Specification Optical port mode Optical port type Central wavelength Transmission rate Transmission distance Maximum output optical power Minimum output optical power Maximum receiver sensitivity Value Single mode LC/PC 1.

) 9. The GEHUB performs the following functions: l l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports. Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel PEUa RUN ALM ACT PARC Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.21. Figure 9-25 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel. 9-81 .2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.1 Functions of the GEHUB The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface. Ltd. which are used for HDLC/Hub BTS transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.21.. the physical boards perform different functions. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. After being loaded with different software.544 Mbit/s.

Of the six ports. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. Table 9-61 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different software. Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port.125s and off for 0. ALM. the physical boards perform different functions. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . the physical boards perform different functions. The board works in active mode. Table 9-60 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port. The board is loading data. four ports are labeled E1/T1. and one 2M1. The board works in standby mode. one 2MO.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is an alarm. Ltd.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. Table 9-60 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. There is power input but the board is faulty. and ACT. After being loaded with different software.21.21. 9.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.. These boards have the same ports. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 9-82 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

used to extract the 2 MHz line clock signals from the upper-level devices. Ltd. Port DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 SMB male connector 2M1 SMB male connector 9.. the physical boards perform different functions. 9-83 . used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 One of the two clock signal output ports. They have the same types of DIP switches: S2. S6. and take them as the system clock source.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. S8. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port. Figure 9-26 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG. used to extract the 2 MHz line clock signals from the upper-level devices.21. One of the two clock signal output ports. send them to the GGCU. and take them as the system clock source. After being loaded with different software. S4.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Port E1/T1 (16-23) Function E1/T1 port. and S10. send them to the GGCU.

and S10. S6. are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31. S6. The DIP switches. S4. and cannot be directly observed since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate. a square opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4. and between the S8 and the S6 for the operator to operate these switches. therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board. and S10. S4. and S8. S8. S6. S4. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board. Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Switch Status ON Meaning 0 9-84 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode. The DIP switches. or T1 working mode. Ltd.. are set from the side. S2.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG 1 S2 S4 S8 S6 1 8 ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 2 8 1 1 8 8 1 ON S10 OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate NOTE l l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. S2. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . E1 unbalanced mode. As shown in Figure 9-26. S8. Table 9-62 and Table 9-63 describe S2.

Switch Status OFF Meaning 1 S4 1-8 OFF 1 S6 1-8 OFF 1 S8 1-8 OFF 1 S10 1-2 E1 balanced mode (OFF. S6. Switch Status ON Meaning 0 S6 1-8 ON 0 S8 1-8 ON 0 S10 1-2 E1 unbalanced mode (ON. and S8 are set to OFF. By default.. set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end. 0) (0. ON) T1 mode (ON. consisting of two DIP bits. all bits of S2. OFF) (1.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards DIP Switch S4 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. ON) (0. Ltd. 1) NOTE l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode. all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. consisting of two DIP bits. l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode. 0) Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. S4. That is. set the DIP switch to ON and ground the TX end. 9-85 . Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. 9. 9. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. one 2MO. After being loaded with different software.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.22. ALM.22. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. 9-86 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.544 Mbit/s.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.1 Functions of the GEPUG The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.22. S8.) l 9. the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP switches: S2. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface. 9. After being loaded with different software. four ports are labeled E1/T1.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. 9. The GEPUG performs the following functions: l l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports.22. and one 2M1. and ACT. the physical boards perform different functions. After being loaded with different software. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports. 9. S4. Of the six ports.22. Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals. After being loaded with different software. and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The E1 transmission rate is 2. Figure 9-27 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel. S6.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. the physical boards perform different functions.22 GEPUG The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS.22. These boards have the same ports. and S10. the physical boards perform different functions.. These boards have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. which are used for FR transmission Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.

22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. .125s and off for 0. Table 9-64 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.125s On Meaning The board is working.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel PEUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. and ACT. After being loaded with different software. Ltd. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. There is power input but the board is faulty.. 9-87 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) 2M1 2M0 E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is loading data. the physical boards perform different functions. Table 9-64 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. ALM.

used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 8-15 E1/T1 port. One of the two clock signal output ports. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 24-31 One of the two clock signal output ports. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. four ports are labeled E1/T1. After being loaded with different software. Table 9-65 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel. Of the six ports. send them to the GGCU. and take them as the system clock source.. Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel Port E1/T1 (0-7) Function E1/T1 port. There is no alarm. Ltd. The board works in standby mode. and take them as the system clock source. There is an alarm.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 0-7 E1/T1 port.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. and one 2M1. used to extract the 2 MHz line clock signals from the upper-level devices. The board works in active mode. Port DB44 E1/T1 (8-15) DB44 E1/T1 (16-23) DB44 E1/T1 (24-31) DB44 2M0 SMB male connector 2M1 SMB male connector 9-88 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.22. send them to the GGCU. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. used to transmit and receive the E1/T1 signals on routes 16-23 E1/T1 port. used to extract the 2 MHz line clock signals from the upper-level devices. one 2MO. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

After being loaded with different software. S6. The DIP switches. Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG 1 S2 S4 S8 S6 1 8 ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 2 8 1 1 8 8 1 ON S10 OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate NOTE l l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board. E1 unbalanced mode. S6. and S10. S2. Table 9-66 and Table 9-67 describe S2. Figure 9-28 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG. S2. S4. S6. or T1 working mode. S4.. S4. As shown in Figure 9-28. S4. therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board. S8. 9-89 . are set from the side. S6. the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP switches: S2. S8. and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode. a square opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9. Ltd. and between the S8 and the S6 for the operator to operate these switches. The DIP switches. and S10. and cannot be directly observed since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same.22. are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31. and S8. and S10. S8.

ON) (0. 0) (0. consisting of two DIP bits. OFF) (1. 0) Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. Switch Status ON Meaning 0 S4 1-8 ON 0 S6 1-8 ON 0 S8 1-8 ON 0 S10 1-2 E1 unbalanced mode (ON. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . consisting of two DIP bits. 1) 9-90 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Switch Status OFF Meaning 1 S4 1-8 OFF 1 S6 1-8 OFF 1 S8 1-8 OFF 1 S10 1-2 E1 balanced mode (OFF..9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. ON) T1 mode (ON.

23. S6.. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.23. the voice signals are encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS. and ACT respectively. When E1/T1 interface boards are installed in the GTCS. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.23 GDPUC The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description NOTE 9 BSC Boards l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode. That is.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN. set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs. the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. all bits of S2. set the DIP switch to ON and ground the TX end. 9. l 9. The GDPUC performs the following functions:  l l l Encodes and decodes voice signals Provides data service rate adaptation Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functions When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme. 9.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs. and S8 are set to OFF. Ltd.23. the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa) The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.23. all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. Figure 9-29 shows the GDPUC panel.23. ALM. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode. S4. This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services. 9-91 .1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa) The GDPUC processes voice services and data services. l l Provides voice enhancement function Detects voice faults automatically 9. 9. By default. When STM-1 interface boards are installed in the GTCS. 9.

9-92 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board is loading data. Ltd.125s and off for 0. ALM. There is power input but the board is faulty.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN. Table 9-68 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.. Table 9-68 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel. and ACT respectively.125s On Meaning The board is working. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel DPUa RUN ALM ACT PARC 9.

. The board works properly. slots 0-3. and ACT.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN. This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. 9. ALM. the voice signals are encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS. or A over IP and Abis over TDM. l l Provides voice enhancement function Detects voice faults automatically Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.24 GDPUX The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It performs the following functions: l Provides format conversion for 3740 IP speech paths and HDLC optimized speech paths as well as data forwarding The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the following configuration modes: BM/TC combined. It can be installed in slots 8-11 in the GMPS.24. 9. There is no alarm.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc) The GDPUX processes voice services and data services. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty.24. 8-13. and 14-27 in the GEPS. The GDPUX in the GTCS performs the function mentioned above in the BM/TC separated configuration mode. 8-13 in the GTCS. 9. and slots 0-3.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc) The GDPUX processes voice services and data services. 9-93 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . A over IP and Abis over IP. 9. or A over IP and Abis over HDLC. There is an alarm.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs. Ltd. l Encodes and decodes the signals transmitted over a maximum of 960 speech paths The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the following configuration modes: BM/TC combined. l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme.24.

Figure 9-30 shows the GDPUX panel. Table 9-69 LEDs on the board LED RUN 9-94 Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s Meaning The board is working..24. Ltd.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9. ALM.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.24. Table 9-69 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel DPUc RUN ALM ACT PARC 9. and ACT. .3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN.

25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd) The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.25. There is power input but the board is faulty.. 9.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd) The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC. There is no power input or the board is faulty. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-31 shows the GDPUP panel. 9.125s On Off Meaning The board is loading data.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards LED Color Status On for 0.25.25. The GDPUP performs the following functions: l Processes the packet services on up to 1. The board works properly.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.25 GDPUP The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. 9. 9. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is an alarm. and ACT.024 simultaneously active PDCHs where signals are coded in MCS9 Processes packet links Detects packet faults automatically l l 9. Ltd. ALM. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. It can be installed in slots 8-13 in the GMPS/GEPS.25. 9-95 .125s and off for 0. There is no alarm.

Ltd. Table 9-70 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.25..3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN. 9-96 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s On Meaning The board is working. Table 9-70 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. ALM. and ACT. There is power input but the board is faulty.125s and off for 0. The board is loading data. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel DPUd RUN ALM ACT PARC 9.

There is an alarm.26.26. Figure 9-32 shows the MDMC panel. Ltd. 9. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power input or the board is faulty. 9. 9. The MDMC performs the following functions: l l l l l l l Detects two -48 V inputs Detects signals from one external temperature sensor Detects signals from one external humidity sensor Detects signals from two lightning protection devices Detects the status of six power output switches Generates and reports audible and visual alarms Communicates with the GSCU.2 MDMC Panel The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.2 MDMC Panel The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.26.26 MDMC The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power distribution box.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.. 9. The board works properly. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off 9. reports the status of the power distribution box. 9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.1 Functions of the MDMC The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box. and exchanges the OM information with the GSCU 9.1 Functions of the MDMC The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is no alarm. 9-97 . Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.26.26.

Table 9-71 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.25s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The board is working and communicating with the GSCU. 9-98 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The board cannot communicate with the GSCU. Ltd. the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it detects a fault. the status indicates that the ALM indicator functions well.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM. the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a fault.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 9-32 MDMC panel RUN ALM ON OFF 1 (1) Mute switch NOTE The mute switch is used to control the audible alarm of the power distribution box.26. There is an alarm. When the board is starting up.25s and off for 0. l l If you set the switch to ON. or the board is not working. 9. Table 9-71 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel. There is no power supply or the power distribution box is faulty. If you set the switch to OFF. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . There is no alarm..

4 DIP Switch on the MDMC There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC. Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.1 Functions of the PAMU The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.2 PAMU Panel The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch. Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC 1 4 ON OFF S2 S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC. Figure 9-33 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.27. the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-72. 9. pull out the MDMC. 9-99 . It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.27.26. 9. and then set S2 by referring to Table 9-72. To set the address of the MDMC.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 9. Table 9-72 Setting of S2 Address 0 DIP Bit 1 (the most significant bit) 2 3 4 (the least significant bit) Switch Status ON ON ON ON Meaning 0 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC.27 PAMU The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution box.27. 9.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .4 DIP Switch on the PAMU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU. Figure 9-34 PAMU panel RUN ALM 1 2 3 MUTE (1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch 9-100 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-34 shows the PAMU panel. Ltd. 9.2 PAMU Panel The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.27. The PAMU performs the following functions: l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and generates alarms (only four inputs are used by the BSC) Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports alarms Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication..27.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.27. 9.1 Functions of the PAMU The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box. and communicates with the GSCU Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports l l l 9.

9. Table 9-73 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. or the board is not working. the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it detects a fault. The board cannot communicate with the GSCU. Ltd. l l If you set the switch to ON.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.25s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The board is working and communicating with the GSCU. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-35 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU. If you set the switch to OFF. There is no alarm. the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a fault. There is no power supply or the power distribution box is faulty.. Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU 1 4 ON SW1 OFF SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.27. the status indicates that the ALM indicator functions well.25s and off for 0. 9. Table 9-73 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards NOTE The mute switch determines whether to turn off the alarm sound of the power distribution box.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM. When the board is starting up. There is an alarm. 9-101 .

2 DIP Switch on the PFCU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.28 PFCU The PFCU is the fan control unit. Table 9-74 Settings of SW1 Address 0 DIP Bit 1 (the most significant bit) 2 3 4 (the least significant bit) Switch Status ON ON ON ON Meaning 0 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC.. 9. the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-74. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Figure 9-36 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.28.1 Functions of the PFCU The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.1 Functions of the PFCU The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box. and then set SW1 by referring to Table 9-74. 9. 9-102 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. pull out the PAMU.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU. 9. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Each fan box must be configured with one PFCU. The PFCU performs the following functions: l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box through the LEDs Communicates with the GSCU and reports the working status of the fan box Detects the temperature of the fan box and collects temperature data through a temperature sensor Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs l l l l 9.28. 9. Ltd.9 BSC Boards HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description To set the address of the PAMU.28.28.

Ltd. pull out the fan box.29.29. these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .1 Functions of the PFCB The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box. the address of the PFCU is 1.. the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-75. Each fan box must be configured with one PFCB. 9-103 . refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. and then set SW1 by referring to Table 9-75. It is installed in the front of a fan box.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU 1 4 SW1 ON OFF SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU. After being connected to jumpers.29 PFCB The PFCB is the fan control board. For how to pull out the fan box. 9. The PFCB performs the following functions: Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Functions of the PFCB The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.29. 9. After the setting. 9.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. 9. To set the address of the PFCU. Table 9-75 Settings of S1 Address SW1 DIP Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Switch Status OFF ON ON ON Meaning 1 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC.

Table 9-76 Setting of the pins PIN NO. the address of the PFCB is 1. refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. For how to pull out the fan box. After being connected to jumpers. these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB . Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB J3 16 2 To set the address. pull out the fan box. After the setting. Ltd. Whether the jumper is inserted 1-2 N 3-4 N 5-6 N 7-8 N 9-10 Y 11-12 N 13-14 N 15-16 N NOTE In the BSC.. 9-104 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 9-37 shows the jumper pins on the PFCB . set the jumper pins as described in Table 9-76.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. the pins on the PFCB must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-76. Then.29. 1 15 J2 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .9 BSC Boards l HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box through the LEDs Reports the operating status of the fan box and receives the instructions on adjusting the fan speed Adjusts the fan speed intelligently according to the temperature data collected by the temperature sensor Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs l l l l 9.

Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB. It is placed in the power distribution box. 9-105 . The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the BSC. The WOPB performs the following functions: l l Suppresses differential-mode surge voltage Suppresses common-mode surge voltage Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Functions of the WOPB This describes the functions of the WOPB.30.. 9. 9.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards 9.30.30 WOPB The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC.1 Functions of the WOPB This describes the functions of the WOPB. Ltd. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the BSC.

.

Ltd. Table 10-1 lists the cables used by the BSC. refer to Installing the BSC Signal Cables and Installing the Power Cables and PGND Cables of the BSC.. Table 10-1 List of BSC cables Type Power cables and PGND cables Cable Name Power cables and PGND cables for the cabinet Power cables and PGND cables for the subrack Other PGND cables E1/T1 cable Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable Service interconnection cable Optical cable Inter-GTNU cable LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable Ethernet cable Straight-through Ethernet cable Crossover cable Clock cables BITS clock signal cable Y-shaped clock cable Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables 10 About This Chapter This describes the cables of the BSC. 10-1 . NOTE BSC Cables For details on how to install the BSC cables.

. The number of active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits optical signals.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be configured depends on site requirements. 10. The number of active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. The number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. The number of crossover cables to be configured depends on site requirements. 10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. 10. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other NEs. 10. 10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. 10. The number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. 10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Type Other signal cables Cable Name Signal cable of the alarm box PDB monitoring signal cable RS485 communication cable GOMU serial port cable 10. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other NEs. It transmits E1 signals. Ltd. It transmits E1/T1 signals. It transmits optical signals. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs.7 Crossover Cable The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs.8 Straight-Through Cable The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC.3 Inter-GTNU Cable The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of straightthrough cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs in different subracks. It transmits optical signals. 10. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.

14 GOMU serial port cable The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal. 10. 10-3 . This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to the GGCU in the GMPS. 10.15 BSC Power Cable The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. It comes in multiple specifications. 10. You can choose one based on actual requirements. 10. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PGND cable for the subracks.16 BSC PGND cable The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. 10. the BITS clock signal cable is classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.11 Signal cable of the alarm box The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. Ltd. 10. PGND cable for the power distribution box. and PGND cable for the cabinet door. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables 10. The power cables are mandatory. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.13 EMU RS485 communication cable The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU. The number of BITS clock cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.12 PDB monitoring signal cable The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals from the PDB to the service subracks. All these cables are mandatory. which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.. 10. Based on the impedance. inter-cabinet PGND cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . and information about the cable manufacturer) (5) Label 2 (identifying one coaxial cable) As shown in Figure 10-1. Cable Structure The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2x8 wires. Table 10-2 describes the mapping between the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable and the pins of the DB44 connector. Figure 10-1 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. which should be connected to the active/ standby GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG. That is. The number of active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. The 16 micro coaxial cables bear eight E1 RX and TX links. X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors.44 1 4 W1 W2 W3 X2 Pos.44 A 5 Pos. Ltd. It transmits E1 signals.. two active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables form one group and each cable contains eight micro coaxial cables.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. 10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 (3) Label 1 (identifying one coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code.1 X1 2 5 (1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector) 3 W4 1 B Pos. W1 and W2 are 100-ohm twisted pair cables. W3 and W4 are 75-ohm coaxial cables. version. Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable 3 A Pos. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other NEs.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10.

10-5 . and R1 indicates the first-route RX link. Ltd. Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media Signal Label Ring Tip Bearing Media Shielding layer of the coaxial cable Wire of the coaxial cable Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. T1 indicates the first-route TX link.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell W3 Signal Micro Coaxial Cable 1 Remark s X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 15 30 2 R2 14 29 3 R3 13 28 4 R4 12 27 5 R5 11 26 6 R6 10 25 7 R7 9 24 8 R8 8 7 Shell W4 Signal Micro Coaxial Cable 1 Remark s Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip R1 Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip T1 2 T2 3 T3 4 T4 5 T5 6 T6 7 T7 8 T8 Outer Braid of Whole Cable Outer Braid of Whole Cable NOTE As listed in Table 10-2. RN indicates the Nth-route RX link.. and TN indicates the Nth-route TX link. Similarly. Table 10-3 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 10-2.

Installation Position The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are fixed to the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 10-4 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and the pins of the DB44 connector. Alternatively. Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector W2 Pin of X1 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell Pin of X2 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell Braid PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks PAIR W1 Pin of X1 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Shell Pin of X2 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Shell Braid PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks PAIR NOTE As listed in Table 10-4. Ltd. the other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is directly connected to an NE. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables. 10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 10-2 shows the installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable. The other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is connected to the DDF. and Braid indicates the outer shielding layer of the twisted pair cable.. and then to other NEs through a transmission device.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable 75-ohm coaxial cable (active/standby) DDF EIUa EIUa DB44 connector E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) DB44 connector E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(0~7) PARC PARC Active Standby 10. Ltd. It transmits E1/T1 signals. E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) 10-7 . Cable Structure Figure 10-3 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.. The number of active/ standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other NEs. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd. version. which should be connected to the active and standby boards. Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 10-8 W3 Signal Identifi er of Twiste d Pair Wire R1 Color X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor W4 Signal Identifi er of Twiste d Pair Wire T1 Color Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Blue White 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/RTip/R+ Blue White R2 Orange White T2 Orange White R3 Green White T3 Green White R4 Brown White T4 Brown White Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.44 1 4 W1 W2 W3 B X 2 Pos. Table 10-5 describes the mapping between the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable and the pins of the DB44 connector.44 A 5 Pos. W3 and W4 are 120-ohm twisted pair cables.1 (3) Label 1 (identifying one twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code. and manufacturer information about the cable) (5) Label 2 (identifying one twisted pair cable) As shown in Figure 10-3.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable 3 A Pos.. X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors. W1 and W2 are 100ohm twisted pair cables.1 X1 2 5 (1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector) 3 W4 1 B Pos. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

Ltd. Table 10-6 describes the signals listed in Table 10-5.. Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable Signal Label Ring/RTip/R+ Ring/TTip/T+ Bearing Media One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the BSC One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the BSC Table 10-7 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and the pins of the DB44 connector. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10-9 .and T+ stand for a pair of transmission and reception signals.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell W3 Signal Identifi er of Twiste d Pair Wire R5 Color X1 Pin of DB44 Connec tor W4 Signal Identifi er of Twiste d Pair Wire T5 Color Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Gray White 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Shell Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Ring/TTip/T+ Gray White R6 Blue Red T6 Blue Red R7 Orange Red T7 Orange Red R8 Green Red T8 Green Red Outer Braid of Whole Cable Outer Braid of Whole Cable NOTE In Table 10-5.and R+ or T. either R.

10-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Installation Position The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are fixed to the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG). the other end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is directly connected to an NE.. Figure 10-4 shows the installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The other end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector Twisted Pair Cable W2 Pin of X1 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell Pin of X2 Connector 38 23 37 22 36 21 35 20 34 19 33 18 32 17 31 16 Shell Braid PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Pin of X1 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Shell Pin of X2 Connector 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 7 Shell Braid PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR PAIR Remarks NOTE As listed in Table 10-7. Alternatively. and Braid indicates the outer shielding layer of the twisted pair cable. and then to other NEs through a transmission device. Ltd. PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables.

Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable (1) DB14 (3) Main label (identifying the BOM code.3 Inter-GTNU Cable The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. Appearance Figure 10-5 shows the inter-GTNU cable. 10-11 . Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable 120-ohm twisted pair cable (active/standby) DDF EIUa EIUa DB44 connector E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31) DB44 connector E1/T1(8~15) E1/T1(0~7) PARC PARC 10.. version. and information about the cable manufacturer) E1/T1(0~7) E1/T1(8~15) (2) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables) Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be configured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs in different subracks.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) TNM5 TNM4 TNM3 TNM2 DB14 connectors TNM1 TNM1 TNM0 DB14 connectors . The two DB14 connectors at the other end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs in another subrack. The number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ 10-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Figure 10-6 shows the installation position of the inter-GTNU cable.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Installation Position The two DB14 connectors at one end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs in one subrack. Ltd. Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable Inter-GTNU cable TNUa TNUa TNUa TNUa TNM1 TNM0 TNM0 TNM0 TNM1 TNM2 TNM2 TNM2 TNM3 TNM3 TNM3 TNM4 TNM4 TNM5 TNM5 TNM4 TNM5 PARC PARC PARC PARC Active Standby Active Standby A subrack B subrack 10.

or is directly connected to an NE. you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect telecommunications equipment. The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC. Otherwise. or SC/PC connector as required. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached with temporary labels.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. In practice. and vice versa. NOTE l l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port. Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector LC/PC optical connector Installation Position One end of the optical cable is connected to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/ GOGUB. the other end should be connected to the RX port. Ltd. l CAUTION To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality. Appearance Figure 10-7 shows the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. signal transmission may fail. and is then connected to other NEs through a transmission device. FC/PC. This cable can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. 10-13 . It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. two optical cables form one pair. Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. The other end of the optical cable is connected to the ODF.. It transmits optical signals. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached with temporary labels.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector GOIUa LC/PC optical connector RX TX ODF LOS PARC 10. l 10-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . FC/PC. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. the other end should be connected to the RX port. signal transmission may fail. Otherwise. The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Ltd. The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC. two optical cables form one pair. In practice.. It transmits optical signals. and vice versa. NOTE TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 l l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector. or SC/PC connector as required.

Appearance Figure 10-9 shows the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. Figure 10-10 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device. Ltd. you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect telecommunications equipment.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables CAUTION To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality. Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector Installation Position One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. 10-15 . Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. or is directly linked to an NE. The other end of the optical cable with an FC/PC connector is fixed to the ODF.

and vice versa. signal transmission may fail. In practice. NOTE TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 l l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Ltd. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port. Otherwise. or SC/PC connector as required.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached with temporary labels. two optical cables form one pair. l 10-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/ GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. FC/PC. the other end should be connected to the RX port. The number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector OIUa FC/PC optical connector RUN ALM ACT RX TX ODF LOS PARC 10. It transmits optical signals.

Figure 10-12 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. Appearance Figure 10-11 shows the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable. and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device. or is directly linked to an NE. The other end of the optical cable with an SC/PC connector is fixed to the ODF. Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector Installation Position One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB.. 10-17 . you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect telecommunications equipment.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables CAUTION To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality.

The number of crossover cables to be configured depends on site requirements. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Appearance Figure 10-13 shows the crossover cable..7 Crossover Cable The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. 10-18 TESTOUT 2M1 2M0 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable LC/PC optical connector OIUa SC/PC optical connector RUN ALM ACT RX TX ODF LOS PARC 10.

The number of straightthrough cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.8 Straight-Through Cable The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC.. 10-19 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-13 Crossover cable B 8 1 X1 B X2 Pin Assignment Table 10-8 describes the pins at both ends of the crossover cable. Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable X1 End X1-1 X1-2 X1-3 X1-4 X1-5 X1-6 X1-7 X1-8 Wire Color White and orange Orange White and green Blue White and blue Green White and brown Brown X2 End X2-1 X2-2 X2-3 X2-4 X2-5 X2-6 X2-7 X2-8 Wire Color White and green Green White and orange Blue White and blue Orange White and brown Brown 10. When the BSC is configured with the GBAM. the straight-through cable is used to connect: l l l l l The GSCU to the GBAM The GBAM to the LAN switch The LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN) The LAN switch to the LMT computer of the BSC The LAN switch to the CBC Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable X1 End X1-1 X1-2 X1-3 X1-4 X1-5 X1-6 X1-7 X1-8 Wire Color White and orange Orange White and green Blue White and blue Green White and brown Brown X2 End X2-1 X2-2 X2-3 X2-4 X2-5 X2-6 X2-7 X2-8 Wire Color White and orange Orange White and green Blue White and blue Green White and brown Brown 10-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description When the BSC is configured with the GOMU.. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable B 8 1 X1 B X2 Pin Assignment Table 10-9 describes the pins at both ends of the straight-through cable. the straight-through cable is used to connect: l l l Connect the GSCUs in different subracks The GOMU to the LAN of the customer The GXPUM to the CBC Appearance Figure 10-14 shows the straight-through cable.

10-21 . Figure 10-16 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable. Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM GSCU RE SE LINK ACT T 0 1 2 3 LINK ACT GSCU RE SE LINK ACT T 0 1 2 3 LINK ACT Straight-through cable 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 - + - + LINK ACT 8 9 10 11 COM LINK ACT 8 9 10 11 COM Straight-through cable Active Standby GMPS l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GBAM to the LAN switch. one end of one straight-through cable is connected to the active GSCU.. one end of the cable is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch. (Both ends of each straight-through cable are RJ45 connectors. and the other end of the cable is connected to the other internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. and the other end of the cable is connected to one internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Installation Position (Configuration Type A) l When straight-through cables are used to connect the active and standby GSCUs in the GMPS to the GBAM.) One end of the other straight-through cable is connected to the standby GSCU. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 10-15 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable. and the other end of the cable is connected to an external Ethernet port on the GBAM.

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch
Port 2

Straight-through cable

l

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN), one end of the cable is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is connected to the M2000 (LAN). Figure 10-17 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable. Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)

M2000

Straight-through cable Port 24

Quidway S3500 Series

LAN switch

l

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the BSC LMT computer, one end of the cable is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is connected to the BSC LMT computer. Figure 10-18 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable.

10-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer

LMT

Straight-through cable Port 22
Quidway S3500 Series

LAN switch

l

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the CBC, one end of the cable is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is connected to the corresponding Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-19 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable. Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC

CBC

Straight-through cable Port 20
Quidway S3500 Series

LAN switch

Installation Position (Configuration Type B)
l

The Straight-through cable is used to connect the GSCUs in different subracks. Figure 10-20 shows the installation position of the Straight-through cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-23

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs
BSC Straightthrough cable

GSCU

GSCU

GSCU

GSCU

RUN ALM ACT
RESET
LINK ACT

RUN ALM ACT
RESET
LINK ACT

RUN ALM ACT
RESET
LIN K ACT

RUN ALM ACT
RESET
LINK ACT

0 1 2 3
LINK ACT LINK ACT

0 1 2 3
LINK ACT

0 1 2 3
LINK ACT

0 1 2 3

4
10/100/1000BASE-T

4
10/100/1000BASE-T

4
10/100/1000BASE-T

4 5 6
10/100/1000BASE-T

5 6

5 6

5 6

7
LINK ACT LINK ACT

7
LINK ACT

7
LINK ACT

7

8 9 10 11

8 9 10 11

8 9 10 11

8 9 10 11

COM

COM

COM

CLKIN

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

PARC

PARC

PARC

PARC

Active

Standby

Active

Standby B subrack

A subrack

l

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GOMU to the LAN of the customer, one end of the cable is connected to port 0 or port 1 on the GOMU, and the other end of the cable is connected to the Ethernet port of the LAN of the customer. Figure 10-21 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable.

10-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

CLKIN

CLKIN

CLKIN

COM

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer
POMU

OMUb

Office LAN

NOTE

The number of Ethernet cables used to connect the active and standby GOMUs to the LAN of the customer can be two or four, depending on the customer's requirement.
l

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GXPUM to the CBC, one end of the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the GXPUM panel, and the other end of the cable is connected to an Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-22 shows the installation position of the straight-through cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-25

10 BSC Cables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC

XPUa

RUN ALM ACT

CBC

LINK ACT

0 1 2 3
10/100/1000BASE-T

PARC

10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable
The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

10-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Appearance
Figure 10-23 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable. Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable
1 2

(1) SMB connector

(2) Label

Figure 10-24 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable
1 2 2

(1) SMB connector

(2) Label

NOTE

There are two SMB connectors at one end of the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Only one SMB connector is used. The other SMB connector is bound on the wire bushing with a cable tie. Pay attention to the connection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

Installation Position
One end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the GGCU panel, and the other end is connected to the BITS clock port. Figure 10-25 shows the installation position of the BITS clock signal cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-27

. 10-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE You need not use the Y-shaped clock cable if the GEPS is not configured in the BSC.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable BITS clock BITS clock GCUa GCUa RUN ALM ACT RUN ALM ACT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 COM1 COM0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 COM1 COM0 CLKOUT CLKLIN1 CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT PARC PARC Active Standby 10. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to be configured depends on actual requirements. Ltd. CLKLIN1 CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT CLKOUT Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. Appearance Figure 10-26 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.

Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable 2 1 W2 8 1 X1 W1 8 W3 X3 (1) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector 1 8 X2 1 1 Installation Position One end of the Y-shaped clock cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the GSCU in the GEPS.. The other end with two RJ45 connectors is fixed to the active and standby GGCUs in the GMPS. Figure 10-27 shows the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable. 10-29 .

The signal cable of the alarm box is used to transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display..11 Signal cable of the alarm box The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. You can choose one based on actual requirements. Ltd. 10-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable SCUa SCUa GCUa GCUa RUN ALM ACT RESET LINK ACT RUN ALM ACT RESET LINK ACT Y-shaped clock cable RUN ALM ACT RUN ALM ACT 0 0 1 2 3 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 LINK ACT LINK ACT CLKOUT 4 10/100/1000BASE-T 4 5 6 10/100/1000BASE-T 5 6 5 5 6 7 6 7 7 LINK ACT LINK ACT 7 8 9 10 11 8 9 10 11 8 9 COM 0 8 9 COM 0 COM 1 CLKLIN CLKLIN TESTI TESTOU 1 0 N T TESTOUT TESTOUT Y-shaped clock cable PARC PARC PARC PARC Active Standby GEPS Active GMPS Standby 10. CLKLIN CLKLIN TESTI TESTOU 1 0 N T COM CLKIN CLKIN COM COM 1 CLKOUT 4 4 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . It comes in multiple specifications.

Figure 10-29 shows the installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box. The other end of the signal cable with a DB9 or DB25 connector is fixed to the serial port on the LMT. Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable A A C 8 1 RJ45 crystal connector C 9 6 5 1 DB9 connector Pin Assignment Table 10-10 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable. Figure 10-28 shows the alarm box signal cable. Ltd. Use the DB9 or DB25 connector in accordance with the site survey report. Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box Alarm box LMT Serial port Alarm input serial port Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable RJ45 3 5 6 DB9 5 2 3 Installation Position One end of the signal cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the input serial port of the alarm box.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Appearance One end of the signal cable is an RJ45 connector. The following description takes the alarm box signal cable with a DB9 connector as an example. 10-31 .. and the other end is a DB9 or DB25 connector.

12 PDB monitoring signal cable The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals from the PDB to the service subracks.1 X1.5 X2.6 X2. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .2 X1.. Twisted pair Remarks Twisted pair Table 10-12 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.7 X2.SHELL Meaning Tx+ TxRx+ RxRTN X1. Table 10-11 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10.SHELL End Point X2.2 X2.9 SHELL X1 W B Pos.5 X1.SHELL through the shielding layer.3 X2. 10-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable A Pos.1 A Pos.3 X1. Ltd.15 B Pos.1 Label X2 SHELL The PDB monitoring signal cable uses a DB9 connector at one end and a DB15 connector at the other end. Appearance Figure 10-30 shows the PDB monitoring signal cable.4 X1. Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable Start Point X1.SHELL is connected to X2.

you should configure the subracks from bottom to top. Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable Port connecting the power distribution box to a service subrack Power distribution box Service subrack MONITOR …… PDB monitoring signal cable NOTE When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks. the PDB monitoring signal cable is always connected to the subrack at the bottom of the cabinet. Ltd.. The other end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB9 connector is fixed to the MONITOR socket on the metal shielding board of the subrack that is located at the bottom of the BSC cabinet.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable Signal Label Tx+ TxRx+ RxPin Assignment Positive phase signal transmitted Negative phase signal transmitted Positive phase signal received Negative phase signal received Installation Position One end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB15 connector is fixed to the service subrack port on the PDB. Figure 10-31 shows the installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10-33 . Therefore.

10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10. Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable A A C 8 1 RJ45 crystal connector C 9 6 5 1 DB9 connector Pin Assignment Table 10-13 lists the pins of the RS485 communication cable.13 EMU RS485 communication cable The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU. Appearance Figure 10-32 shows the RS485 communication cable. Ltd. Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable RJ45 4 1 5 2 DB9 2 3 6 7 Installation Position One end of the RS485 communication cable with a DB9 male connector is fixed to the DB9 socket on the environment monitoring device. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .. as shown inFigure 10-33 10-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The other end of the RS485 communication cable with an RJ45 connector is connected to the COM1 port on the BSC common power distribution box or to the J1 port on the BSC high-power distribution box.

One environment monitoring instrument is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one RS232 signal cable (2 m). Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the delivered signal cable is not long enough. RS485 is usually preferred. 10-35 .. Ltd. Compared with the EAC. Choose one of the signal cables based on actual needs. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet Power distribution box B A The bottom of EMU-2A The bottom of EMU-2A Back NOTE l l The EMU inherits all the functions of the EAC. the EMU has a different hardware structure.

The BSC internal power cables are installed before delivery.9 1 2 Pos. Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable DB9 2 3 5 DB9 3 2 5 Installation Position One end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the GOMU. They are used to lead the power from the power distribution box to each board and module in the BSC. Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable A Pos.15 BSC Power Cable The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables..1 A W Pos.9 X1 X2 Pos. The other end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenance terminal.1 B B Pin Assignment Both ends of the GOMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. 10-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 10-14 lists the pins of the GOMU serial port cable. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables. The power cables are mandatory. Appearance Figure 10-34 shows the GOMU serial port cable.14 GOMU serial port cable The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal. They are used to lead the power from the power distribution frame (PDF) to the power distribution box in the BSC. The BSC external power cables need to be installed on site.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10. Ltd. 10.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution Box Configured) Table 10-15 lists the BSC external power cables.. Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connector Type/ Installation Position (Power Distribution Box) Cord end terminal/-48 V input of the BSC6000 cabinet Cord end terminal/-48 V input of the BSC6000 cabinet Connector Type/ Installation Position (PDF) Quantity Externa l -48 V power cable Externa l RTN power cable Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48 V output of the PDF OT terminal/-48 V output of the PDF 2 per cabinet Black 25/35 2 per cabinet Table 10-16 lists the BSC internal power cables. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. as shown in Figure 10-35. 10-37 . Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connector Type/ Installation Position (Power Distribution Box) Cord end terminal/-48 V input terminal Cord end terminal/-48 V input terminal Connector Type/ Installation Position (Subrack) Quantity Internal -48 V power cable Internal RTN power cable Blue 8 OT terminal/-48 V output terminal OT terminal/-48 V output terminal 2 per subrack Black 8 2 per subrack The BSC external power cable and the BSC internal power cable have the same appearance.

Ltd. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) ..10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable X1 X1:Cord end terminal X2 X2:OT terminal Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box Configured) Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connector Type/ Installation Position (Power Distribution Box) OT terminal/-48 V input of the BSC6000 cabinet OT terminal/-48 V input of the BSC6000 cabinet Connector Type/ Installation Position (PDF) Quantity Externa l -48 V power cable Externa l RTN power cable Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48 V output of the PDF OT terminal/-48 V output of the PDF 2 per cabinet Black 25/35 2 per cabinet Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connector Type/ Installation Position (Power Distribution Box) OT terminal/-48 V input terminal Connector Type/ Installation Position (Subrack) Quantity Internal -48 V power cable Blue 8 OT terminal/-48 V output terminal 2 per subrack 10-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

10-39 . inter-cabinet PGND cable. PGND cable for the subracks. PGND cable for the power distribution box. Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable 10.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connector Type/ Installation Position (Power Distribution Box) OT terminal/-48 V input terminal Connector Type/ Installation Position (Subrack) Quantity Internal RTN power cable Black 8 OT terminal/-48 V output terminal 2 per subrack Figure 10-36 shows the BSC external power cable or the BSC internal power cable. adjacent cabinets should be configured with three inter-cabinet PGND cables. NOTE The same types of PGND cables are used regardless of whether the BSC cabinet is configured with the common power distribution box or with the high-power distribution box.16 BSC PGND cable The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet. and PGND cable for the cabinet door.. All these cables are mandatory. All other PGND cables are installed before delivery. Ltd. For combined cabinets. Table 10-19 lists the BSC PGND cables. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one PGND cable for the cabinet.

.10 BSC Cables HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables Name Color CrossSectional Area (Unit: mm2) Connect or Type/ Installati on Position (One End) OT terminal/ grounding bolt at the rear of the BSC cabinet top OT terminal/ PGND busbar of the BSC cabinet OT terminal/ PGND busbar of the BSC cabinet OT terminal/ PGND busbar of the BSC cabinet OT terminal/ grounding screw on the base of the BSC cabinet Connector Type/ Installation Position (Other End) Quantity PGND cable for the cabinet Green and yellow 25/35 OT terminal/ PGND output terminal of the PDF 1 per cabinet Intercabinet PGND cable Green and yellow 5 OT terminal/ PGND busbar of the BSC cabinet 3 for two adjacent cabinets PGND cable for the power distributio n box PGND cable for the BSC subrack Green and yellow 5 OT terminal/ PGND port on the PDB 1 per power distribution box Green and yellow 5 OT terminal/ PGND port of the subrack 2 per subrack PGND cable for the cabinet door Green and yellow 5 OT terminal/ grounding screw on the BSC cabinet door 8 per cabinet Different types of BSC PGND cables have the same appearance. Ltd. Figure 10-37 shows the BSC PGND cable. 10-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 10-41 .

.

4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN. and ACT. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts 11 About This Chapter LEDs on BSC Parts This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. ACT. ALM. After being loaded with different software. After being loaded with different software.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN. ALM. ALM. 11. and ACT (for Ethernet port). GFGUB. 11. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. 11. 11. and ACT respectively. ALM. the physical boards perform different functions. 11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. LINK (for Ethernet port). 11-1 . 11. ALM. 11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. and GEIUT are the same. the physical boards perform different functions.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. ALM. After being loaded with different software. and ACT. Ltd. and GFGUG are the same. 11. and ACT.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN. GEIUB. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. the physical boards perform different functions. GEIUP.. 11. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. and ACT. ALM.

ACT. and LOS. the physical boards perform different functions. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. and ACT. ALM. ALM. After being loaded with different software. After being loaded with different software. 11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA. and HD. GOIUB. Ltd. 11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN. 11. 11. 11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. and ACT LEDs. and ACT LEDs. ALM. ALM. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11. ALM. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN. the physical boards perform different functions. ALM.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN. 11. 11. 11. ACT. OFFLINE. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. and ACT.

Meanwhile. NOTE When the power distribution box is reset. 11-3 .25s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The MDMC is operating and communicating with the GSCU. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn off. The power distribution box is faulty. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. There is no power supply to the MDMC or the power distribution box is faulty. Table 11-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box. Then. the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power distribution box. 11.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts 11. The ALM LED. Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s Meaning The PAMU is working and communicating with the GSCU. The MDMC is not operating or not communicating with the GSCU. It is an indication that the ALM LED is functional. is always on during the MDMC self-test.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM. Table 11-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box. As soon as the self-check is complete. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. however. the monitoring board is performing self-check.25s and off for 0.. There is no alarm.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.

ALM. Table 11-3 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel. The ALM LED. There is no power input or the board is faulty..11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status On for 0. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn off. There is no alarm. however. the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power distribution box. The power distribution box is faulty. Ltd. As soon as the self-check is complete. There is an alarm. 11. The PAMU has no power input or the power distribution box is faulty.125s and off for 0. the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . and ACT respectively.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. Then. There is power input but the board is faulty.125s and off for 0. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The board works properly.125s Off Meaning The PAMU is not working or not communicating with the GSCU. 11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 11-3 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN. the monitoring board is performing self-check. The board is loading data. There is no alarm. is always on during the PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the ALM LED is functional. Meanwhile. ALM Red Off On NOTE When the power distribution box is reset.

There is power input but the board is faulty. Table 11-4 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel. The board is loading data. There is no power input or the board is faulty. Table 11-5 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel. There is no alarm.125s and off for 0..5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN. Ltd. 11-5 Red Off Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.125s On Off ALM Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Meaning The board is working. 11. There is no alarm. There is no power input or the board is faulty.125s and off for 0. There is no power input or the board is faulty.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts 11. Table 11-5 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. The board is loading data. ALM. There is power input but the board is faulty. The board works properly. Table 11-4 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. ALM. and ACT. . There is an alarm. and ACT.

These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. The board works properly. Ltd. 11-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There is no alarm..7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEIUA. GEIUB. Table 11-7 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel. After being loaded with different software. and GEIUT are the same. 11. the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. Table 11-6 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status On or blinking Meaning There is an alarm. and ACT. The board works in active mode.125s and off for 0. the physical boards perform different functions. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is power input but the board is faulty. There is an alarm. GEIUP. ACT Green On Off 11. and ACT. Table 11-6 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel. There is no power input or the board is faulty.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. ALM. The board is loading data. After being loaded with different software. The board works in standby mode. ALM.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working.

125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the physical boards perform different functions. Table 11-8 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. The board is loading data.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel The physical boards of the GFGUA. The board works in standby mode.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts Table 11-7 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. 11-7 . 11. The board works in active mode. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. There is no alarm. ALM.125s and off for 0.. and GFGUG are the same. The board works in standby mode. and ACT (for Ethernet port). There is no alarm.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is an alarm. There is power input but the board is faulty. ACT. Ltd. After being loaded with different software.125s and off for 0. There is power input but the board is faulty. Table 11-8 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel. Meaning The board is working. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is an alarm. GFGUB. The board works in active mode. The board is loading data. There is no power input or the board is faulty. LINK (for Ethernet port).

125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. 11-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and ACT. Data is being transmitted through the port. Table 11-10 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.. There is no alarm. Ltd. The board works in active mode. There is an alarm. There is power input but the board is faulty. No data is being transmitted through the port. Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Off ACT Orange Blinking Off Meaning The link is connected. ALM. Table 11-10 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel. The board works in standby mode.125s and off for 0. 11.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 11-9 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN. There is no power input or the board is faulty. The link is disconnected. The board is loading data. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .

Table 11-11 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel. the physical boards perform different functions. and ACT. 11-9 . GOIUB. The board is loading data. There is power input but the board is faulty. and LOS. Ltd.125s and off for 0. The board works in active mode. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 11-11 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 11-12 LEDs on the board LED RUN Colo r Gree n Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts 11. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN. the physical boards perform different functions. There is no power input or the board is faulty. ALM. The board works in standby mode. ALM. ACT.125s Meaning The board is working. GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. There is an alarm. 11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same.125s and off for 0.. There are four LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN. After being loaded with different software. The board is loading data. There is no alarm. Table 11-12 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel The physical boards of the GOIUA.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. After being loaded with different software.

The STM-1 port does not receive signals properly. The board is loading data. There is an alarm. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The board works in active mode. ACT. The board works in standby mode. There is no alarm. The board works in standby mode. 11-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The STM-1 port receives signals properly. The board works in active mode.. Ltd. There is an alarm. There is no power input or the board is faulty. OFFLINE. ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Gree n Gree n On Off On Off LOS 11. ALM. There is no alarm.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is no power input or the board is faulty.125s and off for 0. Table 11-13 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel. and HD. There is power input but the board is faulty.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Colo r Status On Off Meaning There is power input but the board is faulty. Table 11-13 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.

The board cannot be removed. The board is loading data. 11-11 . Ltd. The hard disk is not performing read and write functions. Table 11-15 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.125s and off for 0.125s and off for 0.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. There is power input but the board is faulty. and ACT LEDs.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts LED OFFLINE Color Blue Status On Off On for 0.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN. There is an alarm. There is no alarm. The board works in active mode.. There is no power input or the board is faulty. Table 11-14 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. The status of the board is switching.125s Meaning The board can be removed. The board works in standby mode. The hard disk is performing read and write functions. ALM. HD Green Blinking Off 11. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports. Table 11-14 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.

There is an alarm. indicating that there is a data flow LEDs of the Ethernet ports.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. indicating that the link is connected LEDs of the Ethernet ports. The board works in standby mode. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . indicating that there is no data flow Off ACT Green Blinking Off 11.125s and off for 0.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN.. There is no power input or the board is faulty. There is power input but the board is faulty. and ACT.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports LED LINK Color Green Status On Meaning LEDs of the Ethernet ports. Ltd. There is no alarm. Table 11-16 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 11-16 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel. ALM. indicating that the link is disconnected LEDs of the Ethernet ports. The board is loading data. The board works in active mode. 11-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

There is no power input or the board is faulty. 11-13 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 11. Table 11-17 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel. or the board is not working.125s and off for 0. and ACT LEDs.. The board works in active mode. Table 11-18 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel. The board cannot communicate with the GSCU. ALM.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN. .HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts 11.25s Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Meaning The board is working and communicating with the GSCU. NOTE The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet ports. There is power input but the board is faulty.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.125s On Off ALM Red Off On or blinking ACT Green On Off Meaning The board is working. The board works in standby mode. Table 11-17 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0. Table 11-18 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.25s and off for 0. There is no alarm. Ltd. There is an alarm. The board is loading data. and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . Ltd. There is an alarm. or the board is not working.11 LEDs on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description LED Color Status Off Meaning There is no power supply or the power distribution box is faulty. There is no alarm.25s Off ALM Red Off On Meaning The board is working and communicating with the GSCU. There is an alarm. When the board is starting up. the status indicates that the ALM indicator functions well.. Table 11-19 LEDs on the board LED RUN Color Green Status On for 1s and off for 1s On for 0.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM. There is no alarm. 11-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ALM Red Off On 11. There is no power supply or the power distribution box is faulty. When the board is starting up. the status indicates that the ALM indicator functions well. The board cannot communicate with the GSCU. Table 11-19 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.25s and off for 0.

S3. S5. and S10. They have the same types of DIP switches: S2. 12. 12-1 . 12. and S6. 12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. Ltd. After being loaded with different software. the physical boards perform different functions. and GEIUT are the same. 12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU. S8. S4.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. S4.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU. the physical boards perform different functions. 12. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GEIUB. S6.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts 12 About This Chapter DIP Switches on BSC Parts This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.. 12. GEIUP.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used to define the numbering of the BSC subrack. After being loaded with different software.

the bit should be set to 1 (OFF). Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. The definitions of this bit are as follows: 12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the bit should be set to 0 (ON). For the GEPS and GTCS. Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits DIP Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (the most significant bit) Meaning Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Subrack number setting bit Odd parity check bit Reserved. undefined. Table 12-1 provides the definitions of the bits. generally set to 0 (ON) l l For the GMPS. Appearance Figure 12-1 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12. ON represents digit 0 and OFF represents digit 1. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used to define the numbering of the BSC subrack. Ltd.. Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack ON 1 8 Meaning of the DIP Bits The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack.

The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. the GSCU loads data from the GOMU. when the GSCU is started. refer to Table 12-2. Ltd. the GSCU loads data from the Flash. l l If the number of 1s is even. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8. the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd number. Figure 12-2 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG. S8. If the number of 1s is odd.. set DIP bit 6 to 0. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Setting Scheme As the DIP switches use odd parity check. 3. Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. set DIP bit 6 to 1. When the GSCU is started. it loads data from the GOMU. If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF). 12-3 . 2.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. S4. If the Flash file is invalid. In other words. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or the GTCS. it checks whether the Flash file is valid. 0 DIP Bit 1 0 (ON) 1 1 (OFF) 2 0 (ON) 3 1 (OFF) 2 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 1 (OFF) 1 (OFF) 3 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 4 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 5 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 6 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 1 (OFF) 7 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 8 1 (OFF) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 0 (ON) 12. If the Flash file is valid. the physical boards perform different functions.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description l 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON). They have the same types of DIP switches: S2. The setting should adhere to the following principles: 1. the GSCU is set to Not Start Automatically. Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches Subr ack No. S6. and S10. Set DIP bit 7 to 0. Count the number of 1s that have been set. After being loaded with different software. For the setting of the DIP switches in this case. the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.

S4. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . The DIP switches. S2. are set from the side. S6.12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG 1 S2 S4 S8 S6 1 8 ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 2 8 1 1 8 8 1 ON S10 OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate NOTE l l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31. Table 12-3 and Table 12-4 describe S2.. S6. and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode. and cannot be directly observed since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate. a square opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4. and S10. The DIP switches. and S8. therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board. and S10. S4. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board. and between the S8 and the S6 for the operator to operate these switches. S2. S8. Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Switch Status ON Meaning 0 12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. S6. or T1 working mode. As shown in Figure 12-2. Ltd. E1 unbalanced mode. S4. S8.

consisting of two DIP bits. all bits of S2. By default. ON) (0. set the DIP switch to ON and ground the TX end. 1) NOTE l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode. OFF) (1. 0) (0.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts DIP Switch S4 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. S4. ON) T1 mode (ON. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON. consisting of two DIP bits. S6. That is. Switch Status ON Meaning 0 S6 1-8 ON 0 S8 1-8 ON 0 S10 1-2 E1 unbalanced mode (ON.. 0) Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable) DIP Switch S2 DIP Bit 1-8 Description Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Work mode switch. and S8 are set to OFF. Switch Status OFF Meaning 1 S4 1-8 OFF 1 S6 1-8 OFF 1 S8 1-8 OFF 1 S10 1-2 E1 balanced mode (OFF. set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end. Ltd. all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. l Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 12-5 .

S3. the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP switches: S1. S5. Ltd.12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT (EIUa) The physical boards of the GEIUA. you should remove the sub-board before setting the DIP switches. S4. and GEIUT are the same. and S6. GEIUP. Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT 1 S6 1 S5 1 S4 1 S3 8 ON OFF 1 S1 8 8 ON OFF 1 ON OFF 8 ON OFF 2 8 ON OFF (1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate CAUTION All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. Therefore. Table 12-5 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. Figure 12-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT. GEIUB.. After being loaded with different software. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . 12-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The front of the sub-board faces and fits into the bottom plate.

Ltd.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT DIP Swit ch DIP Bit Description Setting for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Value of DIP Bit for 75ohm Coaxial Cable Setting for 120ohm Twisted Pair Cable Value of DIP Bit for 120ohm Twiste d Pair Cable 1 S1 8 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to select the impedance on E1/T1 links 24-31 Reserved Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 0-7 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 8-15 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 16-23 Used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting end of E1/T1 links 24-31 ON 0 OFF 7 ON 0 OFF 1 6 ON 0 OFF 1 5 ON 0 OFF 1 1-4 S3 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S4 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S5 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 S6 1-8 ON 0 OFF 1 Table 12-6 describes different switches listed in Table 12-5. 12-7 .. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

4 DIP Switch on the MDMC There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC. The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes. Ltd.12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits DIP Switch E1/T1 impedance selection switch Description Used to select the logical transmission mode of the board and to notify the software of the current transmission mode Switch used to set the protection Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals: end l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission mode. To set the address of the MDMC.. set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end. 12-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 12. NOTE l l l l By default. set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end. l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) . and then set S2 by referring to Table 12-7. pull out the MDMC. the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode. Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches. Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC 1 4 ON OFF S2 S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC. Figure 12-4 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC. The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP switches on the standby EIUa board.

5 DIP Switch on the PAMU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU. pull out the PAMU. . Ltd. the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 12-7. Table 12-8 Settings of SW1 Address 0 DIP Bit 1 (the most significant bit) 2 3 Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Switch Status ON ON ON Meaning 0 0 0 12-9 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 12-5 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU. 12.. Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU 1 4 ON SW1 OFF SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts Table 12-7 Setting of S2 Address 0 DIP Bit 1 (the most significant bit) 2 3 4 (the least significant bit) Switch Status ON ON ON ON Meaning 0 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC. To set the address of the PAMU. and then set SW1 by referring to Table 12-8.

Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU 1 4 SW1 ON OFF SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU. refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. For how to pull out the fan box. the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 12-9. To set the address of the PFCU.. and then set SW1 by referring to Table 12-9.12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R BSC Hardware Description Address DIP Bit 4 (the least significant bit) Switch Status ON Meaning 0 NOTE In the BSC. 12-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 12-6 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU. pull out the fan box. Table 12-9 Settings of S1 Address SW1 DIP Bit 1 (the least significant bit) 2 3 4 (the most significant bit) Switch Status OFF ON ON ON Meaning 1 0 0 0 NOTE In the BSC. Ltd. the address of the PFCU is 1. the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 12-8. 12. After the setting. Issue 01 (2010-01-30) .